< Назад | Содержимое | Далее >
ENGINE PERFORMANCE
Engine Controls and Fuel - 1.5L (L3A) - Diagnostic Information and Procedures - Volt
DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION AND PROCEDURES
DTC P0010, P0013, OR P2088-P2091: CAMSHAFT POSITION ACTUATOR SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0010
Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
DTC P0013
Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
DTC P2088
Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2089
Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2090
Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2091
Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
High Resistance |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
|
P0010, |
|
P0010, |
P0010, |
|
|
Control |
P0013, P2088, |
P0010, P0013, P2089, P2091 |
P0013, P2089, |
P0013, P2089, |
P0011, P0014 |
|
|
P2090 |
|
P2091 |
P2091 |
|
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
High Resistance |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0010, P0013, P2089, P2091 |
P0010, P0013, P2089, P2091 |
- |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The camshaft position actuator system enables the engine control module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The camshaft position actuator solenoid valves are each supplied a dedicated pulse width modulated (PWM) control circuit and low reference circuit from the ECM. The ECM operates each camshaft position actuator solenoid valve by controlling the amount of solenoid valve duty cycle to control the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.
Conditions for Running the DTC
The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V
The ignition switch is in the crank or run position.
The ECM has commanded the camshaft position actuator solenoid valve On.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 s.
Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type A DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Component View Reference
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Camshaft Actuator System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE: If a crankshaft or camshaft position sensor DTC is set, the Camshaft Position Actuator output control will not function.
1. Ignition On/Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, or P0341 is not set.
If the DTC is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If the DTC is not set
3. Engine Running.
4. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction while commanding the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve On and Off:
Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status
Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status
Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
Exhaust Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
Intake Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
5. Verify that none of the scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Test Status parameters change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction while moving the related harness/connectors of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valves.
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
7. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
8. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 or B and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Engine Running.
4. Verify the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status does not display Malfunction.
If Malfunction is displayed
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition On/Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.
If greater than 1 V, repair the short to voltage on the control circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is not displayed
5. Ignition/Vehicle Off, install a 5 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 1 or A and B+, engine Running.
6. Verify the appropriate scan tool Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage
Test Status displays Malfunction.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, remove the fused jumper, and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the control circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
7. Test or replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
Component Testing
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 7-12 Ω between the control terminal 1 or A and the low reference circuit terminal 2 or B.
If not between 7-12 Ω
Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
If between 7-12 Ω
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing.
If not infinite resistance
Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
If infinite resistance
4. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0011 OR P0014: INTAKE/EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0011
Intake Camshaft Position System Performance
DTC P0014
Exhaust Camshaft Position System Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Intake Actuator Solenoid Control |
P0010 |
P0010 |
P0010 |
P0011 |
|
Exhaust Actuator Solenoid Control |
P0013 |
P0013 |
P0013 |
P0014 |
|
Intake Actuator Solenoid Low Reference |
- |
P0010, P0011 |
- |
P0011 |
|
Exhaust Actuator Solenoid Low Reference |
- |
P0013, P0014 |
- |
P0014 |
Circuit/System Description
The camshaft position actuator system enables the engine control module (ECM) to change the timing of the camshafts while the engine is operating. The camshaft position actuator solenoid valves are each supplied a dedicated pulse width modulated (PWM) control circuit and low reference circuit from the ECM. The ECM operates each camshaft position actuator solenoid valve by controlling the amount of solenoid valve signal duty cycle to control the oil flow that applies the pressure to advance or retard the camshafts.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0010, P0013, P2088, P2089, P2090 or P2091 is not set.
The engine is running.
The ignition voltage is greater than 11 V.
The camshaft position actuator is enabled.
The desired camshaft position variation is less than 3° for 4 s.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM detects a difference of greater than 8° between the camshaft position angle position and the desired camshaft position for greater than 30 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC
The camshaft position actuator solenoid valve - intake and camshaft position actuator solenoid valve - exhaust are commanded to the park position.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B DTC - Exceptions listed below If equipped with a turbocharger=Type A DTC
Diagnostic Aids
A low oil level or condition may set this DTC.
Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed camshaft, camshaft actuator, or timing chain can cause this DTC to set.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Component View Reference
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Camshaft Actuator System Description
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE:
The engine oil level and the oil pressure are critical to the correct operation of the camshaft position actuator system. Verify that the engine has the correct oil level and the correct oil pressure before continuing with this diagnostic.
The engine oil condition has a major impact on the camshaft actuator system. Debris in the oil can interfere with the camshaft position actuator solenoid and the mechanical camshaft actuator operation. Inspect for dirty or degraded crankcase oil. The engine may require an oil change. Inquire
with the customer when the last oil change was performed. You may also monitor the scan tool Engine Oil Life Remaining parameter. Advise the customer an oil change may be required.
1. Verify the engine has the proper oil condition, level, and pressure. Refer to Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing .
If the oil condition, level, and oil pressure are not correct
Repair as necessary
If the oil condition, level, and oil pressure are correct
2. Verify DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366,
P2088, P2089, P2090 or P2091 is not set.
If any DTCs other than P0011 or P0014 are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If only DTC P0011 or P0014 is set
1. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
2. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets, refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set, all OK.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must complete the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve, ignition On/vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the control circuit terminal 1 or A and ground when commanding the appropriate Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve On with a scan tool.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance or short to ground in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp illuminates
3. Ignition/Vehicle Off.
4. Remove the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve. Inspect the Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve and mounting area for the following conditions:
For a torn, restricted, incorrect positioned, or missing screens at the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve
For engine oil leaks between the oil sealing lands of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve
For oil seepage at the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve connector
If a condition is found
Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
If a condition is not found
NOTE: This step is testing the mechanical operation of the camshaft position actuator solenoid valve that set the DTC.
5. Exchange the suspected Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve with a Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve that is operating correctly.
6. Engine Running.
7. Command the appropriate camshaft position actuator from 0 degrees to 20 degrees and back to zero while observing the appropriate scan tool Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Variance parameters. The Intake/Exhaust Camshaft Position Variance should be less than 2 degrees in each of the commanded states.
If the Camshaft Position Variance parameter is greater than 2 degrees
Replace or repair the mechanical camshaft position actuator
If the Camshaft Position Variance parameter is less than 2 degrees
8. Test or replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
Component Testing
1. Ignition/Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 7 - 12 Ω between the control terminal 1 or A and the low reference terminal 2 or B.
If not between 7 - 12 Ω
Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
If between 7 - 12 Ω
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve housing.
If not infinite resistance
Replace the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve.
If infinite resistance
4. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.
Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0016 OR P0017: CRANKSHAFT POSITION
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0016
Crankshaft Position - Intake Camshaft Position Not Plausible
DTC P0017
Crankshaft Position - Exhaust Camshaft Position Not Plausible
Circuit/System Description
The engine control module (ECM) uses the crankshaft position sensor, intake camshaft position sensor, and exhaust camshaft position sensor information to monitor the correlation between the crankshaft, intake camshaft, and exhaust camshaft position.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0641, and P0651 are not set.
The engine is cranking or running.
The crankshaft and camshaft position signals are synchronized.
The camshaft position actuator solenoid valves are in the parked position.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM detects a camshaft that is greater than 8 degrees advanced or 9 degrees retarded in relationship to the crankshaft.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0016 and P0017 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0016 and P0017 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the engine for any recent engine mechanical repairs. An incorrectly installed timing chain can cause this DTC to set.
A camshaft position actuator solenoid valve that is in the full advance or retard position can cause this DTC to set.
The Camshaft Position Variance data parameter can be used to detect a binding camshaft position mechanical actuator which can cause this DTC to set.
Reference Information
Description and Operation
Camshaft Actuator System Description
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0010, P0013, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, or P0366 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Engine Running at normal operating temperature.
4. Verify DTC P0016 or P0017 is not set.
If the DTC is set
Inspect for the following and repair as necessary:
A Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve that is stuck in the full advance or retard position.
The correct installation of the Q6 Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valves.
The correct installation of the B23 Camshaft Position Sensors.
The correct installation of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.
A timing chain tensioner condition.
An incorrectly installed timing chain.
Excessive play in the timing chain.
A timing chain that jumped teeth.
A crankshaft reluctor wheel that has moved in relationship to top dead center (TDC) on the crankshaft.
If the DTC is not set
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
A mechanical condition listed above still exists.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Exhaust
Camshaft Position Actuator Solenoid Valve Replacement - Intake
Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
Camshaft Timing Chain and Sprocket Cleaning and Inspection
DTC P0030-P0032, P0036-P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, OR P0141: HO2S HEATER
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0030
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Sensor 1
DTC P0031
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 1
DTC P0032
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Voltage Sensor 1
DTC P0036
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Sensor 2
DTC P0037
HO2S Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 2
DTC P0038
HO2S Heater Control Circuit High Voltage Sensor 2
DTC P0053
HO2S Heater Resistance Sensor 1
DTC P0054
HO2S Heater Resistance Sensor 2
DTC P0135
HO2S Heater Performance Sensor 1
DTC P0141
HO2S Heater Performance Sensor 2
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
HO2S Heater Voltage Supply |
P0030, P0036, P0037, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141, * |
P0030, P0036, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141 |
P0690 |
P0135, P0141 |
|
HO2S Heater Control |
P0030, P0031, P0036, P0037, P0053, P0054, P0135, P0141 |
P0030, P0036, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141 |
P0030, P0032, P0036, P0038, P0132, P0135, P0138, P0141, P0690 |
P0135, P0141 |
|
* Opens Fuse |
||||
Circuit/System Description
Heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and post-catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content in the exhaust stream. Each HO2S must reach operating temperature to provide an accurate voltage signal. A heating element inside each of the HO2S minimizes the time required for the sensor to reach operating temperature. Voltage is provided to the heater by an ignition voltage circuit through a fuse. With the engine running, ground is provided to the heater by the HO2S heater low control circuit, through a low side driver within the ECM. The ECM uses pulse-width modulation (PWM) to control the HO2S heater operation to maintain a specific HO2S operating temperature range.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037 and P0038
The Ignition voltage is between 11 - 32 V.
The engine speed is greater than 400 RPM.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.
P0053 and P0054
DTCs P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119 or P2610 are not set.
The Ignition voltage is less than 32 V.
The Ignition is OFF for greater than 8 h.
The engine is running.
The engine coolant temperature and the intake air temperature (IAT) are within 8°C (14°F).
The engine coolant temperature is between -30 to +255°C (-22 to +491°F).
The DTCs run once per valid cold start-up when the above conditions are met.
P0135 and P0141
DTCs P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119 or P0128 are not set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The heated oxygen sensor heaters are at operating temperature.
The scan tool HO2S Heater device control is not active.
The commanded HO2S heater duty cycle is greater than 0%.
The DTCs run twice per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for greater than 120 s.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037 and P0038
The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for greater than 5 s.
P0053 and P0054
The ECM detects the HO2S heater is not within a specified resistance range at engine start-up.
P0135 and P0141
The ECM detects the HO2S heater current is less than 0.30 A or greater than 2.5 A for greater than 10 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, and P0141 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0053, P0054, P0135, and P0141 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool circuit status parameters for the component. The circuit status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.
An open fuse in the HO2S heater circuit may be caused by the heater element in one of the sensors. The condition may not be present until the sensor operates for a period of time. If no fault is present in the heater circuit, monitor the amperage of each heater with a scan tool to determine if one of the heater elements is the cause of the open fuse. Inspect the sensor pigtail or the harness for contacting the exhaust system.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine running.
2. Verify the parameters listed below do not display Malfunction.
HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Open Voltage Test Status
HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
3. Verify the scan tool HO2S 1 Heater or HO2S 2 Heater is between 0.3 - 2.4 A.
If not between 0.3 - 2.4 A
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between 0.3 - 2.4 A
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the fuse and replace as necessary.
If the test lamp illuminates
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ignition voltage circuit terminal 2 and the control circuit terminal 1.
If the test lamp illuminates
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
4. Remove the test lamp.
5. Engine running, verify the scan tool HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Open Test Status parameter displays Malfunction.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
NOTE:
Less than 10 Ω of additional resistance on the ignition voltage circuit or control circuit may set a DTC. If there is resistance on a circuit, the driver will remain ON and the scan tool HO2S High Voltage Test Status parameter will display OK.
Performing this test may set additional DTCs.
6. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 1 and ground, engine running.
7. Verify the scan tool HO2S 1 or 2 Heater Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status parameter displays Malfunction.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
8. Test or replace the B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
Perform the scan tool Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset after replacing a HO2S.
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming and setup
DTC P0089, P00C6, P228C, OR P228D: FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0089
Fuel Pressure Regulator Performance
DTC P00C6
Fuel Rail Pressure Low During Engine Cranking
DTC P228C
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Performance - Low Pressure
DTC P228D
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Performance - High Pressure
Circuit/System Description
The high fuel pressure necessary for direct injection is supplied by the high pressure fuel pump. The high pressure fuel pump is mounted on the rear of the engine and is driven by a four-lobe cam on the camshaft. This high pressure fuel pump also regulates the fuel pressure using an actuator in the form of an internal solenoid- controlled valve. In order to keep the engine running efficiently under all operating conditions, the engine control module (ECM) requests pressure ranging from 2 to 15 MPa (290 to 2, 176 PSI), depending on engine speed and load. Output drivers in the ECM provide the high pressure fuel pump control circuit with a 12 V pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal, which regulates fuel pressure by opening and closing the control valve at specific times during pump strokes. This effectively regulates the portion of each pump stroke that is delivered to the fuel rail. The high pressure fuel pump is normally closed and will not deliver an increase in fuel pressure when the control solenoid is NOT powered. In the event of pump control failure, the high pressure system is protected by a relief valve in the pump that prevents the pressure from exceeding 24 MPa (3, 481 PSI).
The fuel rail pressure sensor provides the feedback necessary to the ECM to control the high pressure fuel pump and the fuel injectors. The sensor is diagnosed separately from the fuel pressure control system.
The ECM monitors the fuel rail pressure sensor and the high pressure fuel pump solenoid to determine if the commanded and actual pressures are within a predetermined range during engine cranking and at all times while the engine is running. The ECM also monitors the high pressure fuel pump solenoid to make sure it is operating within expected limits.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0089, P228C, or P228D
DTC P0016, P0017, P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0627, P0628, P0629, P111E, P128A,
P128B, P128F, P1682, P16E4, or P16E5 are not present.
Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
The engine has been running for greater than or equal to 10 s.
Low side fuel pressure is greater than 300 kPa (44 PSI).
Barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than or equal to 70 kPa.
Intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than or equal to -10°C (14°F).
Fuel temperature is between -10°C and +132°C (14°F and 270°F).
Vehicle is not in a low fuel condition
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
P00C6
DTC P0016, P0017, P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, P00CA, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0627, P0628, P0629, P111E, P128A,
P128B, P128F, P1682, P16E4, or P16E5 are not present.
Ignition voltage is greater than 8 V.
Engine coolant temperature is between -42°C and +130°C (43°F and 266°F).
Low side fuel pressure is greater than 0 kPa (0 PSI).
Barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than or equal to 70 kPa.
Intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than or equal to -10°C (14°F).
Vehicle is not in a low fuel condition
The diagnostic runs once for each engine start.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0089
The high pressure fuel pump has exceeded the control limits. This condition exists when the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Regulator Command parameter is 0° or greater than 92°.
The above condition exists for 750 out of 938 counts, approximately 30 s at idle.
P00C6 Condition 1
If the fuel rail pressure is less than the target set point before the engine is cranked, the pressure rise diagnostic is used.
The pressure rise diagnostic will fail if the fuel rail pressure has not increased to the target set point within 9 s at -16°C (3.2°F) ECT or within 4 s if ECT is greater than 0°C (32°F).
P00C6 Condition 2
If the fuel rail pressure is greater than the target set point before the engine is cranked, the pressure fall diagnostic is used.
The pressure fall diagnostic will fail if the fuel rail pressure has dropped below 2 MPa (290 PSI) for 10 engine cycles if the ECT is less than -16°C (3.2°F) or 0.6 MPa (87 PSI) for 10 engine cycles if the ECT is greater than -16°C (3.2°F).
P228C
The fuel rail pressure is 3 MPa (435 PSI) less than the desired fuel rail pressure.
The above condition exists for 750 out of 938 counts, approximately 30 s at idle.
P228D
The fuel rail pressure is 3 MPa (435 PSI) greater than the desired fuel rail pressure.
The above condition exists for 750 out of 938 counts, approximately 30 s at idle.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0089 and P00C6 are Type B DTCs.
DTCs P228C and P228D are Type A DTCs.
A message center or an indicator displays Propulsion Power is Reduced and Service Stabilitrak.
Scan tool control of the high pressure fuel pump is inhibited.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0089 and P00C6 are Type B DTCs.
DTCs P228C and P228D are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Any problem with the camshaft may set fuel pressure DTCs due to the location and design of the high pressure fuel pump. If camshaft position control DTCs are current or in history, a cam control issue may be the root cause.
A faulty valve, plunger, or solenoid in the high pressure fuel pump may set a DTC. High pressure fuel pump damage will most likely be undetectable upon visual inspection.
A restricted fuel feed pipe between the fuel feed pipe fuel pressure sensor and the high pressure fuel pump may set a DTC.
A leaking or restricted fuel injector may set a DTC.
A leak in the high pressure fuel system may set a DTC.
Vapor lock may set DTC P0089.
For DTC P00C6, park the vehicle outdoors overnight and perform a start in the morning.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine running.
2. Verify DTCs P0089, P00C6, P228C, and P228D are not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor parameter is approximately 1.9 - 5.0 MPa (276 - 725 PSI).
If not between 1.9 - 5.0 MPa (276 - 725 PSI)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between 1.9 - 5.0 MPa (276 - 725 PSI)
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: Circuit/System Verification must be performed first or misdiagnosis may result.
1. Remove the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
2. Verify the lobes on the camshaft do not have unusual wear or are worn.
If the lobes have unusual wear or are worn
Replace the Camshaft.
If the lobes are OK
3. Test or replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
Component Testing
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
NOTE: The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent misdiagnosis.
2. Test for 1.09 - 1.21 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the high control circuit terminal 2 and the low control circuit terminal 1.
If not between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω
Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
If between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump housing.
If less than infinite resistance
Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
If infinite resistance
4. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
Intake Camshaft Replacement
DTC P0090-P0092, P00C8, P00C9, OR P00CA: FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0090
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit
DTC P0091
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0092
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P00C8
Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit
DTC P00C9
Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P00CA
Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
High Control |
P0091, P00C9 |
P0090, P00C8 |
P0092, P00CA, P0690 |
- |
|
Low Control |
P0091, P00C9 |
P0090, P00C8 |
P0092, P00CA, P0690 |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The high fuel pressure necessary for direct injection is supplied by the high pressure fuel pump. The high pressure fuel pump is mounted on the rear of the engine and is driven by a three-lobe cam on the camshaft. This high pressure fuel pump also regulates the fuel pressure using an actuator in the form of an internal solenoid- controlled valve. In order to keep the engine running efficiently under all operating conditions, the engine control module (ECM) requests pressure ranging from 2 - 15 MPa (290 - 2, 176 psi), depending on engine speed and load. Output drivers in the ECM provide the pump control circuit with a 12 V pulse-width modulated (PWM) signal, which regulates fuel pressure by closing and opening the control valve at specific times during pump strokes. This effectively regulates the portion of each pump stroke that is delivered to the fuel rail.
It is important to note that the high pressure fuel pump is a trailing-edge control system, meaning that if the control solenoid is NOT powered, the pump operates at maximum flow rate. In the event of pump control failure, the high pressure system is protected by a relief valve in the pump that prevents the pressure from exceeding 17.5 MPa (2, 538 psi).
NOTE: The fuel rail pressure sensor is diagnosed separately from the fuel pressure control system and should not be replaced for any codes referenced in this document.
The fuel rail fuel pressure sensor operates on a 5 V reference circuit and it provides the feedback necessary to the ECM to control the high pressure fuel pump and the fuel injectors.
Conditions for Running the DTC
Battery voltage is greater than or equal to 11 V.
Engine speed is greater than or equal to 50 RPM.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0090
The ECM detects an open circuit in the high pressure fuel pump actuator low control circuit for 4 s.
P0091
The ECM detects a short to ground in the high pressure fuel pump actuator low control circuit for 4 s.
P0092
The ECM detects a short to voltage in the high pressure fuel pump actuator low control circuit for 4 s.
P00C8
The ECM detects an open circuit in the high pressure fuel pump actuator high control circuit for 4 s.
P00C9
The ECM detects a short to ground in the high pressure fuel pump actuator high control circuit for 4 s.
P00CA
The ECM detects a short to voltage in the high pressure fuel pump actuator high control circuit for 4 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, and P00CA are Type A DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0090, P0091, P0092, P00C8, P00C9, and P00CA are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Before performing any circuit testing, ensure that the harness connector for the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump is properly seated.
Before performing any circuit testing, visually inspect the harness connector and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump connector for damage or bent pins.
Circuit faults in the high pressure fuel control system may result in performance diagnostic failures, such as P0089, P00C6, P163A, P228C, or P228D. If any of the circuit DTCs referenced in this document are active, they take priority over any fuel system performance diagnostic. Always attempt to diagnose and repair circuit faults first, before reviewing other system DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0685 or P1682 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to DTC P0685-P0690, P1682, P16A7, P16AF, or P16B3 for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction.
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Open Test Status
Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Open Test Status
Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the high control circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If the test lamp illuminates
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the high control circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If the test lamp illuminates
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the low control circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
4. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the high control circuit terminal 2 and B+.
If the test lamp illuminates
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the high control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
5. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the low control circuit terminal 1 and B+.
If the test lamp illuminates
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the low control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
6. Remove the test lamp, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the high control circuit terminal 2 and ground.
7. Engine Running.
8. Verify the Fuel Pressure Regulator High Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status transitions from OK to Malfunction.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
9. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the low control circuit terminal 1 and B+.
10. Verify the Fuel Pressure Regulator Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status transitions from OK to Malfunction.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
11. Test or replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
Component Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
NOTE: The DMM and test leads must be calibrated to 0 Ω in order to prevent misdiagnosis.
2. Test for 1.09 - 1.21 Ω at 20°C (68°F) between the high control circuit terminal 2 and the low control circuit terminal 1.
If not between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω
Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
If between 1.09 - 1.21 Ω
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump housing.
If less than infinite resistance
Replace the G18 High Pressure Fuel Pump.
If infinite resistance
4. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Fuel Injection Pump Replacement
Control Module References
for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, setup, and programming
DTC P0096 OR P0111: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 2 PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0096
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Performance
DTC P0111
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
IAT Sensor 1
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Signal |
P0112, P0114, P2199 |
P0111, P0113, P0114, P2199 |
P0113*, P0114, P2199 |
P0111, P2199 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0113, P2199, P2227, P2229 |
P0113*, P0114 |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+. |
||||
IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Ignition Voltage |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
- |
P0096 |
|
Signal |
P0097, P00F4, P2199 |
P0097, P00F4, P2199 |
P0097*, P00F4*, P2199* |
P0096 |
|
Ground |
- |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, |
- |
P0096 |
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
|
|
P2199 |
|
|
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+. |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
IAT Sensor 1
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature |
|||
|
Signal |
150°C (302°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F)* |
|
Low Reference |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F)* |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity, temperature, and engine bay conditions |
|||
|
Ignition Voltage |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz 0% |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz 0% |
- |
|
Signal |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz 100% |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz 0% |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz* 0% |
|
Ground |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz 0% |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
Circuit/System Description
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor 1 signal circuit and a ground for the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F).
The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:
IAT sensor 1
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
BARO pressure sensor
IAT Sensor 1 - Temperature, Resistance, Voltage Table
|
IAT Sensor 1 |
IAT Sensor 1 Resistance |
IAT Sensor 1 Signal Voltage |
|
Cold |
High |
High |
|
Warm |
Low |
Low |
IAT Sensor 2 - Temperature, Frequency Table
|
IAT Sensor 2 |
IAT Sensor 2 Frequency |
IAT Sensor 2 Temperature |
|
Cold |
10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) |
|
Warm |
302 Hz |
104°C (219°F) |
Conditions for Running the DTCs
P0096 and P0111
DTCs P0097, P0098, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0118, P0119, or P1682 are
not set.
The vehicle has been OFF at least 8 hours.
Ignition voltage is at least 11 V.
The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the conditions above are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTCs
P0096
The ECM determines the absolute difference between IAT sensor 1 start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 2 start-up temperature is greater than 25°C (45°F).
AND
The absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 2 start-up temperature is greater or equal to the absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 1 start- up temperature.
The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the conditions above are met.
P0111
The ECM determines the absolute difference between IAT sensor 1 start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 2 start-up temperature is greater than 25°C (45°F).
AND
The absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT sensor 1 start-up temperature is greater or equal to the absolute difference between ECT start-up temperature and the IAT 2 start-up temperature.
The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the conditions above are met.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P0096 is a Type B DTC.
DTC P0111 is a Type B DTC.
The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.
Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
DTC P0096 is a Type B DTC.
DTC P0111 is a Type B DTC.
Diagnostic Aids
The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the IAT Sensor 2 parameter displays the values: 10 Hz; -40°C (-40°F), and there are also Humidity Sensor DTCs, check for a circuit problem.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Powertrain Component Views
Powertrain Component Views
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode
2. Verify that DTC DTC P0097, P0098, P0099, P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0102, P0103, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3 or P06D2 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 3 and 4 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.
3. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other.
Start-Up IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not within 30°C (54°F)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If within 30°C (54°F)
4. Vehicle ON, verify the following scan tool parameters are between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and
+300°F).
IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
1. Check the integrity of the entire air induction system and verify that none of the following conditions exist:
A restricted or collapsed air intake duct
An intake manifold leak
A misaligned or damaged air intake duct
Any water intrusion in the induction system
If a condition exists
Repair or replace component as necessary.
If no condition exists
2. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
4. Vehicle OFF, all vehicle systems OFF, test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.
If less than 5 Ω
5. Vehicle in Service Mode.
6. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.
If a test lamp illuminates
7. Vehicle in Service Mode.
8. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F).
If warmer than -39°C (-38°F).
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If colder than -39°C (-38°F).
9. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 1 signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.
10. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Temperature Sensor 1 parameter is warmer than 148°C (298°F).
If colder than 148°C (298°F).
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
3. Vehicle OFF.
4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If warmer than 148°C (298°F).
11. Vehicle in Service Mode.
NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.
12. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.
If 1% or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 1%
13. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.
14. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.
If 99% or less
NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V.
3. Vehicle OFF.
4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 99%
15. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
Component Testing
Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
2. Connect a DMM between the IAT sensor 1 signal terminal 1 and the low reference terminal 3
NOTE: A thermometer can be used to test the sensor off the vehicle.
3. Test the IAT sensor 1 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi sensor) table for Hitachi Sensors. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.
If not within the specified range
Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
If within the specified range
4. All OK.
Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
1. Test the IAT Sensor 2 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. The values should be within 5%.
If not within the specified range
Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
If within the specified range
2. All OK.
Testing with EL-38522-A
NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.
1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.
2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:
1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector
2. Black leads to ground
3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+
3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications.
Signal switch to 5 V
Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)
Frequency switch to 250 Hz
4. Vehicle in Service Mode.
5. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below:
IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz
NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.
IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)
NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.
Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%
If a parameter is not within the specified range
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If all the parameters are within the specified range
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
for multifunction intake air sensor replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0097, P0098, OR P0099: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 2
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0097
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0098
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0099
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 2 Circuit Intermittent
Diagnostic Fault Information
IAT Sensor 2 and Intake Air Humidity
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Ignition Voltage |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
- |
P0096 |
|
Signal |
P0097, P00F5, P2199 |
P0097, P00F4, P2199 |
P0097*, P00F4*, P2199* |
P0096 |
|
Ground |
- |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
- |
P0096 |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+. |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
IAT Sensor 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature |
|||
|
Ignition Voltage |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
- |
|
Signal |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F)* 10 Hz |
|
Ground |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
Intake Air Humidity Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity, temperature, and engine bay conditions |
|||
|
Ignition 1 |
0 % |
0 % |
- |
|
Signal |
100 % |
0 % |
0 %* |
|
Ground |
- |
0 % |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
Circuit/System Description
The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:
IAT sensor 1
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
BARO pressure sensor
IAT Sensor 2 - Temperature, Frequency Table
|
IAT Sensor 2 |
IAT Sensor 2 Frequency |
IAT Sensor 2 Temperature |
|
Cold |
45 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) |
|
Warm |
302 Hz |
104°C (219°F) |
Conditions for Running the DTCs
P0097, P0098, and P0099
DTCs P0685, P0686, P0687, P0689, P0690 or P1682 are not set.
The ignition is ON, or the engine is running.
The Ignition 1 voltage is at least 11 V.
The DTCs run continuously within the enabling conditions.
Conditions for Setting the DTCs
P0097
NOTE: The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).
The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 2 signal is less than 13 Hz, colder than -60°C (-76°F), for greater than 5 s.
P0098
The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 2 signal is greater than 390 Hz, warmer than 150°C (302°F), for greater than 5 s.
P0099
The ECM detects that the IAT sensor 2 signal is intermittent or has abruptly changed for longer than 5 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0097, P0098, and P0099 are Type B DTCs.
The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
DTCs P0097, P0098, and P0099 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
With the Vehicle in Service Mode, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 2 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the MAF sensor heating elements.
The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the IAT Sensor 2 parameter displays the values: 10 Hz; -40°C (-40°F), and there are also Humidity Sensor DTCs, check for a circuit problem.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Powertrain Component Views
Powertrain Component Views
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that DTC P00F4, P00F5, P00F6, P0102, P0103, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 is not
set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 3 and 4 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.
3. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other.
Start-Up IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not within 30°C (54°F)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If within 30°C (54°F)
4. Engine running.
5. Verify the following scan tool parameters are between -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F).
IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
Refer to Circuit System Testing.
If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
6. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
7. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
8. All OK
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.
If less than 5 Ω
4. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
NOTE: The ignition circuit may supply voltage to other components. Make sure to test all circuits and components for a short to ground that share the ignition circuit.
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.
If a test lamp illuminates
NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.
5. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.
If 1% or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 1%
6. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.
7. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.
If 99% or less
NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V.
3. Vehicle OFF.
4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 99%
8. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
Component Testing
Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Test the IAT Sensor 2 by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the air temperature with a thermometer. Compare the readings with the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. The values should be within 5%.
If not within the specified range
Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
If within the specified range
3. All OK.
Testing with EL-38522-A
NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.
1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.
2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:
1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector
2. Black leads to ground
3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+
3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications.
Signal switch to 5 V
Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)
Frequency switch to 250 Hz
4. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below:
IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz
NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.
IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)
NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.
Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%
If a parameter is not within the specified range
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If all the parameters are within the specified range
5. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
for multifunction intake air sensor replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P00C7: INTAKE AIR PRESSURE MEASUREMENT SYSTEM - MULTIPLE SENSORS NOT PLAUSIBLE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure:
Diagnostic System
Check - Vehicle
Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis:
Strategy Based Diagnosis
An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here:
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
DTC Descriptor
DTC P00C7
Intake Air Pressure Measurement System - Multiple Sensors Not Plausible
Circuit/System Description
This system consists of the following components:
B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
This DTC sets when the control module detects an inconsistency between the pressure sensors and cannot identify which sensor failed.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 = Not set
Engine=Not Running
Time between current ignition cycle and the last time the engine was running=Greater than 10 s
Manifold Absolute Pressure= 50 to 115 kPa (7.2 to 16.6 PSI)
Barometric Pressure= 50 to 115 kPa (7.2 to 16.6 PSI)
DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
Manifold Absolute Pressure & Barometric Pressure= Not within 10 kPa (1.5 PSI) of each other.
Actions Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P00C7 is a Type B DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P00C7 is a Type B DTC. Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0106, P0107, P0108, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to:Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool parameter:Throttle Body Idle Air Flow Compensation=Less than 90 %
If 90 % or greater
Refer to:Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
If less than 90 %
4. Verify the following conditions do not exist:
Loose clamps, cracks, or other damages to the intake system.
Clogged air cleaner.
Vacuum hoses with kinks, leaks, or improper connections.
Leaks at the intake manifold or throttle body.
Leaking, missing, or damaged O-ring on the components listed below:
B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
If a condition exists
Repair or replace as necessary.
If no condition exists
5. Verify the scan tool parameter:
BARO Sensor=
Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
- The value should be within the range listed in the table.
MAP Sensor=
Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
- The value should be within the range listed in the table.
If not in the specified range
{BARO Sensor}Refer to:
DTC P2227-P2230
.
{MAP Sensor}Refer to:DTC P0106.
If in the specified range
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification DTC P00F4-P00F6: INTAKE AIR HUMIDITY SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P00F4
Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P00F5
Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit High Voltage
DTC P00F6
Intake Air Humidity Sensor Circuit Erratic
Diagnostic Fault Information
Intake Air Humidity and IAT Sensor 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Ignition Voltage |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
- |
P0096 |
|
Signal |
P0097, P00F4, P2199 |
P0097, P00F4, P2199 |
P0097*, P00F4*, P2199* |
P0096 |
|
Ground |
- |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
- |
P0096 |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+. |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
Intake Air Humidity Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient humidity and temperature; and engine bay conditions |
|||
|
Ignition 1 |
0 % |
0 % |
- |
|
Signal |
100 % |
0 % |
0 %* |
|
Ground |
- |
0 % |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
IAT Sensor 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature |
|||
|
Ignition 1 |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
- |
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Signal |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz* |
|
Ground |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) 10 Hz |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
Circuit/System Description
The sensors listed below are integrated within the Multifunction Intake Air sensor:
IAT sensor 1
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
BARO pressure sensor
The IAT sensor 2 produces a frequency signal, based on the inlet air temperature, which is equal to the humidity present within the sensor bore. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F) and Hertz (Hz) and the relative humidity is displayed in percent (%). The ECM supplies a regulated voltage to the signal circuit. The signal circuit is shared by the IAT sensor 2 and the intake air humidity sensor. Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
Conditions for Running the DTCs
P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6
DTC P1682 is not active.
The ignition is ON.
The Ignition 1 voltage is at least 11 V for longer than 0.9 s.
The DTCs run continuously within the enabling conditions.
Conditions for Setting the DTCs
P00F4
The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is less than or equal to 5 % for greater than 5 s.
P00F5
The ECM detects that the humidity sensor signal is greater than or equal to 95 % for greater than 5 s.
P00F6
The ECM monitors the humidity sensor signal every 0.1 s, to determine if the signal has changed more than 80%. The DTC sets when the condition exists for greater than 4 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
DTCs P00F4, P00F5, and P00F6 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
The Intake Air Humidity Signal parameter displays the measured humidity within the air intake system and may differ from atmospheric humidity measured outside the air intake system.
With the Vehicle in Service Mode, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning humidity sensor will gradually increase the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Signal parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the multifunction intake air sensor heating elements.
The humidity sensor and the IAT sensor 2 signals are sent to the ECM on the same circuit. If the Intake Air Humidity parameter displays the value: 0 % or 100 %, and there are also IAT Sensor 2 DTCs, check for a circuit problem.
With the Vehicle in Service Mode, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 2 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the multifunction intake air sensor heating elements.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Powertrain Component Views
Powertrain Component Views
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that DTC P0102, P0103, P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other.
Start-Up IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not within 30°C (54°F)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If within 30°C (54°F)
4. Engine Running.
5. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is between 5 and 90 %.
If not between 5 and 90 %
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between 5 and 90 %
6. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
7. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
8. All OK
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Test for less than 5 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.
If less than 5 Ω
4. Vehicle in Service Mode.
5. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
NOTE: The ignition circuit may supply voltage to other components. Make sure to test all circuits and components for a short to ground that share the ignition circuit.
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.
If a test lamp illuminates
NOTE: The intake air temperature sensor 2 signal circuit is pulled up with low current voltage within the controller. Normally, a voltage near B+ can be measured on the circuit with a DMM, but the current will not be high enough to illuminate a test lamp.
6. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is less than 1%.
If 1% or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 1%
7. Vehicle OFF, connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and the low reference circuit terminal 3, vehicle in Service Mode.
8. Verify the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter is greater than 99%.
If 99% or less
NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the IAT 2 signal circuit terminal 8 and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V.
3. Vehicle OFF.
4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 99%
9. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
Component Testing
Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Test the Intake Air Humidity Sensor by varying the air humidity in the intake duct near the sensor, while
observing the scan tool Intake Air Humidity Sensor parameter. The parameter should change and be within 5 - 95%.
If not within the specified range
Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
If within the specified range
3. All OK.
Testing with EL-38522-A
NOTE: In-correct diagnosis will result if Circuit/System Testing is not completed before performing the following test.
1. Perform the following test using a EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent, if available.
2. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:
1. Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 8 at the harness connector
2. Black leads to ground
3. Battery voltage supply lead to B+
3. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications.
Signal switch to 5 V
Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)
Frequency switch to 250 Hz
4. Vehicle in Service Mode.
5. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 2 parameters listed below are within the ranges listed below:
IAT Sensor 2 is between 248 - 252 Hz
NOTE: Changing the frequency should cause a warmer or colder IAT 2 temperature.
IAT Sensor 2 is between 70 - 76°C (160 - 166°F)
NOTE: Increasing or decreasing the duty cycle should have an inverse affect on humidity.
Intake Air Humidity Sensor is between 48 - 52%
If a parameter is not within the specified range
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If all the parameters are within the specified range
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
for multifunction intake air sensor replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P00FF, P069E, P06EC, P0700, P0800, P0AC4, P1E00, P2561, P25A2, P25AF, P25C9, P26C8, OR P26C9: CONTROL MODULE REQUESTED MIL ILLUMINATION
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each of the diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptor
DTC P00FF
Body Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P069E
Fuel Pump Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P06EC
Fuel Injector Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P0700
Transmission Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P0800
Active Transfer Case Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P0AC4
Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P1E00
Hybrid/EV Powertrain Control Module 2 Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P2561
Air Conditioning (A/C) Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P25A2
Brake System Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P25AF
Coolant Temperature Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P25C9
Brake System Control Module 2 Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P26C8
Chassis Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
DTC P26C9
Auxiliary Chassis Control Module Requested MIL Illumination
Circuit/System Description
Control modules constantly monitor the vehicle for any condition which may adversely affect vehicle performance. If a condition is detected, the module sets a DTC and sends a serial data message to the engine control module (ECM). The ECM sets a DTC to inform the technician that the module has set a DTC. The serial data message sent by the module also contains a request for the ECM to illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL).
The technician can observe the DTC that was set by the module by reviewing the ECM Freeze Frame records on the scan tool. The ECM Freeze Frame records also contain the engine operating conditions present when the DTC set.
Conditions for Running the DTC
The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
These DTCs run continuously.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM receives a serial data message from a specific module indicating that DTC has set in the module.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P00FF, P069E, P06EC, P0700, P0800, P0AC4, P1E00, P2561, P25A2, P25AF, P25C9, P26C8, and
P26C9 are Type A DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
DTCs P00FF, P069E, P06EC, P0700, P0800, P0AC4, P1E00, P2561, P25A2, P25AF, P25C9, P26C8, and
P26C9 are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Communication codes, U-codes, and P-codes that set in a module can request a DTC to be set in the ECM.
Reference Information
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE:
Do not replace the engine control module for these informational DTCs.
Correct any engine control and communication DTCs before diagnosing these DTCs.
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify there are no engine control or communication DTCs set.
If a DTC is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If a DTC is not set
3. Verify there are no DTCs set in any other control module.
If a DTC is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If a DTC is not set
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
DTC P0101: MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptor
DTC P0101
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
High Resistance |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Ignition Voltage |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0102 |
P0096 |
P0101, P0103 |
|
Signal |
P0102 |
P0102 |
P0102 |
P0102 |
P0101, P0103, P1101 |
|
Ground |
- |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0102 |
- |
P0102 |
Circuit Description
The intake flow rationality diagnostic provides the within-range rationality check for the mass air flow (MAF), manifold absolute pressure (MAP), and the throttle position sensors. This is an explicit model-based diagnostic containing 4 separate models for the intake system.
The estimates of MAF and MAP obtained from this system of models and calculations are then compared to the actual measured values from the MAF, MAP, and the throttle position sensors and to each other to determine the appropriate DTC to fail.
Conditions for Running the DTCs
DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0128, P0335, or P0336
is not set
The engine speed is between 0 - 5, 400 RPM.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -7 to +125°C (+19 to +257°F).
The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +125°C (-4 and +257°F).
The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The engine control module (ECM) detects that the actual measured airflow from the MAF, MAP, and throttle position sensors is not within range of the calculated airflow that is derived from the system of models for greater than 2 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0101 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids
Any type of contamination on the MAF sensor heating elements will degrade the proper operation of the sensor. Certain types of contaminants act as a heat insulator, which will impair the response of the sensor to airflow changes. Water or snow can create the opposite effect, and cause the signal to increase rapidly.
Certain aftermarket air filters may cause this DTC to set.
Certain aftermarket air induction systems may cause this DTC to set.
Modifications to the air induction system may cause this DTC to set.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Powertrain Component Views
Powertrain Component Views
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that DTC DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0106, P0121, or P1101; refer to Circuit/System Testing.
4. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Airflow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %.
90 % or greater
Refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .
If less than 90 %
NOTE: The Sweep Test may need to be commanded manually.
5. Verify the scan tool Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool.
If Disagree
Refer to DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135 for further diagnosis.
If Agree
6. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.
7. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is within the range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.
If the MAP Sensor parameter is not in range
Refer to DTC P0106 for further diagnosis.
If the MAP Sensor parameter is within range
8. Engine running, verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 PSI) and changes.
If not between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 PSI) or does not change
Refer to DTC P0106 for further diagnosis.
If between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 PSI) and changes
9. Engine speed between 1, 375 and 1, 425 RPM, and at normal operating temperature.
10. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
If the MAF Sensor parameter is not between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the MAF Sensor parameter between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
11. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
12. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
13. All OK
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
1. Verify the integrity of the entire air induction system by verifying that none of the following conditions exist:
Any damaged components
Improperly installed components
Collapsed, restricted, or damaged components
Loose clamps, cracks, or other damage
An air flow restriction
Restricted air filter
Splits, kinks, leaks, or improper connections at the vacuum hoses
Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, MAP sensor, and throttle body
Water intrusion
Any snow or ice buildup, in cold climates
Contamination of the Mass Air Flow sensor element
If a condition is found
Repair or replace component as necessary.
If no condition is found
2. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.
If 2 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle Off.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Vehicle in Service Mode.
5. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle Off, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
1. Vehicle Off, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.
If a test lamp illuminates
6. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 volts between the signal circuit terminal 6 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
7. Determine if EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent is available.
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is not available
1. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
3. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If no DTCs set
4. All OK.
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is available
8. Vehicle Off, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:
Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 6 at the harness connector
Black leads to ground
Battery voltage supply lead to B+
9. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications.
Signal switch to 5 V
Frequency switch to 5 kHz
Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)
10. Engine running.
11. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.
If not between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.
12. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
for multifunction intake air sensor replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0102 OR P0103: MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0102
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit Low Frequency
DTC P0103
Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Circuit High Frequency
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
High Resistance |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
High Resistance |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Ignition Voltage |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199** |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199** |
P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
P0096 |
P0101, P0103 |
|
Signal |
P0102 |
P0102 |
P0102 |
P0102 |
P0101, P0103, P1101 |
|
Ground |
- |
P0096, P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199** |
P0097, P00F4, P0102, P2199 |
- |
P0102 |
|
**If applicable. |
|||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
MAF Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine running at various operating conditions Parameter Normal Range: 2, 000 - 10, 000 Hz |
|||
|
Ignition Voltage |
0 Hz |
0 Hz |
- |
|
Signal |
0 Hz |
0 Hz |
0 Hz |
|
Ground |
- |
0 Hz |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The mass air flow (MAF) sensor is integrated with the multifunction intake air sensor. The MAF sensor is an air flow meter that measures the amount of air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) uses the MAF sensor signal to provide the correct fuel delivery for all engine speeds and loads. A small quantity of air entering the engine indicates a deceleration or idle condition. A large quantity of air entering the engine indicates an acceleration or high load condition.
The ECM applies 5 V to the MAF sensor on the MAF sensor signal circuit. The sensor uses the voltage to produce a variable frequency signal based on the inlet air flow through the sensor bore. The signal varies with engine load and is displayed by the scan tool as Hertz (Hz) and grams per second (g/s). Ignition voltage and ground circuits are also supplied to the multifunction intake air sensor's internal circuits for these sensors:
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:
IAT sensor 1
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
MAF sensor
BARO pressure sensor
Conditions for Running the DTC
The engine speed is at least 300 RPM.
The ignition signal is at least 10 V.
The above conditions are met for at least 1 s.
DTC's run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0102
The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor signal parameter is less than 1.825 Hz (about 1.46 g/s) for at least 250 cylinder firing events.
P0103
The ECM detects that the MAF Sensor signal parameter is at least 12, 800 Hz (about 257 g/s) for at least 250 cylinder firing events.
Action Taken When the DTCs Set
DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs DTCs P0102 and P0103 are Type B DTCs. Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Powertrain Component Views
Powertrain Component Views
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine idling.
2. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 2.5 - 5.5 g/s.
If not between 2.5 - 5.5 g/s
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between 2.5 - 5.5 g/s
3. Engine speed between 1, 375 and 1, 425 RPM, and at normal operating temperature.
4. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
If the MAF Sensor parameter is not between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the MAF Sensor parameter between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω between the ground circuit terminal 7 and ground.
If 2 Ω or greater
1. Disconnect the sensor chassis ground.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ground circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the chassis ground connection.
If less than 2 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp and remove the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition voltage circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
1. Vehicle Off, remove the test lamp, the fuse for the ignition voltage circuit, and disconnect all components on the circuit.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition voltage circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition circuit, replace as necessary.
If a test lamp illuminates
5. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for 4.8 - 5.2 volts between the signal circuit terminal 6 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
6. Determine if EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator or equivalent is available.
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is not available
1. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle
within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
3. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If no DTCs set
4. All OK.
EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator; or equivalent is available
7. Vehicle OFF, connect the leads of the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator as follows:
Red lead to the signal circuit terminal 6 at the harness connector
Black leads to ground
Battery voltage supply lead to B+
8. Set the EL-38522-A Variable Signal Generator to the following specifications.
Signal switch to 5 V
Frequency switch to 5 kHz
Duty Cycle switch to 50 % (Normal)
9. Engine idling.
10. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.
If not between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4, 950 - 5, 050 Hz.
11. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.
Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
for multifunction intake air sensor replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0106: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure:
Diagnostic System
Check - Vehicle
Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis:
Strategy Based Diagnosis
An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here:
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
DTC Descriptor
DTC P0106
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P0106, P0107, P0697 |
P0106, P0107 |
P0106, P0108, P0697 |
P0106 |
|
Signal |
P0106, P0107 |
P0108 |
P0108 |
P0106 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0108 |
- |
P0106 |
Typical Scan Tool Data
MAP Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions:
Parameter Normal Range: 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) |
|||
|
5 V Reference |
0 kPa (0.0 PSI) |
0 kPa (0.0 PSI) |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
|
Signal |
0 kPa (0.0 PSI) |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
|
Low Reference |
- |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
- |
Circuit/System Description
|
Circuit |
Description |
|
5 V Reference |
Regulated voltage supplied by the control module. |
|
Signal |
The control module input circuit has an internal resistance connected to 5 V. |
|
Low Reference |
Grounded through the control module. |
|
Component |
Description |
|
B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor |
The sensor is a 3-wire capacitive pressure transducer. Electronics in the sensor convert pressure into an analog voltage signal. |
|
K20 Engine Control Module |
The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly. |
The sensor measures the pressure in the intake manifold. The signal is used to determine the engine load.When the engine is idling or decelerating, the sensor pressure should be low. When the engine is off or under wide- open throttle conditions the pressure should be the same or close to the barometric pressure.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P010C, P010D, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0128, P0335, P0336, P0401, P0405, P0406, P042E = Not set
Intake Air Temperature = -20 to 125°C (-4 to 257°F)
Engine Coolant Temperature...= -20 to 125°C (-4 to 257°F)
Engine Speed.= 500 to 8000 RPM or
DTC P0107, P0108, P2227, P2228, P2229, P2230, P2610 = Not set
Ignition On - Engine Off
Frequency the DTC runs = Continuously - After the running conditions are met
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The difference between the manifold absolute pressure measured by the manifold absolute pressure sensor and a calculated value based on the throttle position exceeds the allowed range.
Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs listed in the DTC Descriptor Category=Type B
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Component View Reference
Disassembled Views
Description and Operation
Engine Control Module Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References
Special Tools
EN-23738-A Vacuum Pump
Equivalent regional tools: Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools)
Circuit/System Verification
1. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode
2. Verify DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to:DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2
If none of the DTCs are set
3. If you were sent here from DTC P0101, P0121, P1101 - Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
4. Verify the scan tool parameter:Throttle Body Idle Air Flow Compensation=Less than 90 %
If 90 % or greater
Refer to:Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning
If less than 90 %
5. Perform the scan tool control function:Throttle Sweep - Start
Verify the scan tool parameter:Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2=Agree
If not the specified state
Refer to:DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, or P2135
If the specified state
6. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.
7. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should be within the range listed in the table:
Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
If not in the specified range
Refer to: Circuit/System Testing
If in the specified range
8. Engine - Idling - At normal operating temperature
9. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor= 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) and changes
If not between 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) or does not change
Refer to: Circuit/System Testing
If between 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) and changes
10. Observe the following scan tool parameter:MAF Sensor & Engine Speed.
11. Increase the engine speed slowly to 2000 RPM and then back to idle.
12. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAF Sensor=The value should change smoothly and gradually as the engine speed is increased and decreased.
If the value does not change smoothly and gradually
Refer to:DTC P0101
If the value changes smoothly and gradually
13. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should not spike or drop out.
Perform the action while monitoring the parameter:
Wiggle the harness and connector:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Wiggle the harness and connector:K20 Engine Control Module
If the value spikes or drops out
Repair as necessary - Wiring / Terminal(s) / Electrical Connector(s)
If the value does not spike or drop out
14. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
15. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to: Circuit/System Testing
If the DTC is not set
16. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.
1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
2. Verify the following conditions do not exist:
Collapsed or restricted intake air duct.
Leaking or restricted component:Exhaust System
Leaking, missing, or damaged O-ring on the components listed below:
B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Engine vacuum leaks.
An engine mechanical condition. - Wear of timing chain, tensioner, or sprockets.orIf one or more cylinders indicate low compression
Refer to:Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
If a condition exists - Repair or replace as necessary
If no condition exists
3. Disconnect the electrical connector:
4. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 & Ground
If 10 ohms or greater
1. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 @Component harness & Terminal 21 X2 @Control module harness
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If less than 10 ohms
5. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode
6. Test for 4.8 to 5.2 V between the test points: 5V Reference circuit terminal 1 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2
If less than 4.8 V
1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground
If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
4. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Terminal 5 X2 @Control module harness
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode
4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground
If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If between 4.8 and 5.2 V
7. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Greater than 4.7 V
If 4.7 V or less
1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground
If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 4.7 V
8. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2
9. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor =Less than 0.2 V
If 0.2 V or greater
1. Ignition/Vehicle - OffRemove - Jumper Wire
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode
4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground
If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
5. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Terminal 40 X3 @Control module harness
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If less than 0.2 V
10. Test or replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Component Testing
Dynamic Test - Using Vehicle Harness
1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
2. Remove the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor - Leave the electrical connector connected.
3. Install the special tool: EN-23738-A Vacuum Pump @B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
4. Use the special tool to achieve a gauge reading between -13 and -21 kPa (-0.13 and -0.21 bar, -3.8 and
-6.2 in Hg).
Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Decreases between 13 and 21 kPa (1.8 and 3.0 PSI)
If the parameter does not decrease between 13 and 21 kPa (1.8 and 3.0 PSI)
Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
If the parameter decreases between 13 and 21 kPa (1.8 and 3.0 PSI)
5. Use the special tool to achieve a gauge reading between -30 and -38 kPa (-0.3 and -0.38 bar, -8.8 and
-11.2 in Hg).
Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Decreases between 30 and 38 kPa (4.4 and 5.5 PSI)
If the parameter does not decrease between 30 and 38 kPa (4.4 and 5.5 PSI)
Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
If the parameter decreases between 30 and 38 kPa (4.4 and 5.5 PSI)
6. All OK.
Dynamic Test - Using Jumper Wires
1. Ignition/Vehicle - Off
2. Remove the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
3. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points: 5 V Reference terminal 1 & 5 V
4. Connect a jumper wire between the test points:Low Reference terminal 2 & Ground
5. Connect a DMM between the test points:Signal terminal 3 @B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor & Ground
6. Install the special tool:EN-23738-A Vacuum Pump@B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
7. Use the special tool to achieve a gauge reading between -55 and -47 kPa (-0.55 and -0.47 bar, -13.8 and
-16.2 in Hg).
Verify the DMM displays between 0.2 and 4.9 V. - The value should not spike or drop out.
If not between 0.2 and 4.9 V or has spikes or drops out
Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
If between 0.2 and 4.9 V and there are no spikes or drops out
8. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to:
Control Module References
DTC P0107 OR P0108: MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic System Check prior to using this diagnostic procedure:
Diagnostic System
Check - Vehicle
Review the description of Strategy Based Diagnosis:
Strategy Based Diagnosis
An overview of each diagnostic category can be found here:
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
DTC Descriptor
NOTE: This procedure may also diagnose malfunctions that are not detected by a DTC.
DTC P0107
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0108
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P0106, P0107, P0697 |
P0106, P0107 |
P0106, P0108, P0697 |
P0106 |
|
Signal |
P0106, P0107 |
P0108 |
P0108 |
P0106 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0108 |
- |
P0106 |
Typical Scan Tool Data
MAP Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions:
Parameter Normal Range: 26 to 52 kPa (3.8 to 7.6 PSI) |
|||
|
5 V Reference |
0 kPa (0.0 PSI) |
0 kPa (0.0 PSI) |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
|
Signal |
0 kPa (0.0 PSI) |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
|
Low Reference |
- |
127 kPa (18.4 PSI) |
- |
Circuit/System Description
|
Circuit |
Description |
|
5 V Reference |
Regulated voltage supplied by the control module. |
|
Signal |
The control module input circuit has an internal resistance connected to 5 V. |
|
Low Reference |
Grounded through the control module. |
|
Component |
Description |
|
B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor |
The sensor is a 3-wire capacitive pressure transducer. Electronics in the sensor convert pressure into an analog voltage signal. |
|
K20 Engine Control Module |
The control module controls a series of actuators to ensure optimal engine performance. The control module does this by reading values from a variety of sensors, interprets the data and adjusts the engine actuators accordingly. |
The sensor measures the pressure in the intake manifold. The signal is used to determine the engine load.
When the engine is idling or decelerating, the sensor pressure should be low. When the engine is off or under wide-open throttle conditions the pressure should be the same or close to the barometric pressure.
Conditions for Running the DTC
Ignition=On
DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0107
MAP Sensor=Less than 0.2 V - For greater than 4 s
P0108
MAP Sensor=Greater than 0.5 V - For greater than 4 s
Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0107, P0108 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0107, P0108 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Component View Reference
Disassembled Views
Description and Operation
Engine Control Module Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, P06D2 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to:DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should be within the range listed in the table:
Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
If not in the specified range
Refer to: Circuit/System Testing
If in the specified range
4. Engine - Idling - At normal operating temperatureAll accessories Off.
5. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor= 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.6 PSI)
If not between 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.6 PSI)
Refer to: Circuit/System Testing
If between 26 and 52 kPa (3.8 and 7.6 PSI)
6. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=The value should not spike or drop out.
Perform the action while monitoring the parameter:
Wiggle the harness and connector:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Wiggle the harness and connector:K20 Engine Control Module
If the value spikes or drops out
Repair as necessary - Wiring / Terminal(s) / Electrical Connector(s)
If the value does not spike or drop out
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
8. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to: Circuit/System Testing
If the DTC is not set
9. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.
1. Ignition/Vehicle & All vehicle systems - Off
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
3. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 & Ground
If 10 ohms or greater
1. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Low Reference circuit terminal 2 @Component harness & Terminal 21 X2 @Control module harness
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If less than 10 ohms
4. Vehicle in Service Mode.
5. Test for 4.8 to 5.2 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle Off.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground
If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
4. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Terminal 5 X2 @Control module harness
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle Off.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points: 5 V Reference circuit terminal 1 @Component harness & Ground
If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If between 4.8 and 5.2 V
6. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor=Greater than 4.7 V
If 4.7 V or less
1. Vehicle Off.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground
If less than infinite resistance - Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 4.7 V
7. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Low Reference circuit terminal 2
8. Verify the scan tool parameter:MAP Sensor =Less than 0.2 V
If 0.2 V or greater
1. Vehicle Off, remove jumper wire.
2. Disconnect the electrical connector:K20 Engine Control Module
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for less than 1 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Ground
If 1 V or greater - Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
5. Vehicle Off.
6. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 @Component harness & Terminal 40 X3 @Control module harness
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Replace the component:K20 Engine Control Module
If less than 0.2 V
9. Replace the component:B74 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair: Diagnostic Repair Verification
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor Replacement
For control module replacement, programming, and setup refer to:
Control Module References
DTC P0112, P0113, OR P0114: INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR 1
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0112
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0113
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0114
Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor 1 Circuit Intermittent
Diagnostic Fault Information
IAT Sensor 1
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Signal |
P0112, P2199** |
P0113, P2199** |
P0097*, P0113, P0114, P11C2, P2199** |
P0111, P2199** |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0111, P0113, P0114, P2199** |
P0113*, P0114 |
- |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+. **If applicable. |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
IAT Sensor 1
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with ambient temperature |
|||
|
Signal |
150°C (302°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F)* |
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open or High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Low Reference |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F)* |
|
*Internal ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
|||
Circuit/System Description
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the air in the sensor bore. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the IAT sensor 1 signal circuit and a ground for the IAT sensor 1 low reference circuit. The signal varies with inlet air temperature and is displayed by the scan tool as °C (°F).
The multifunction intake air sensor houses the following:
IAT sensor 1
IAT sensor 2
Humidity sensor
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
BARO pressure sensor
IAT Sensor 1 - Temperature, Resistance, Voltage Table
|
IAT Sensor 1 |
IAT Sensor 1 Resistance |
IAT Sensor 1 Signal Voltage |
|
Cold |
High |
High |
|
Warm |
Low |
Low |
Conditions for Running the DTCs
P0112, P0113, and P0114
The ignition is ON, or the engine is running.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
NOTE: The scan tool display range is between -40 and +150°C (-40 and +302°F).
P0112
The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is warmer than 150°C (302°F) for at least 5 s.
P0113
The ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is colder than -60°C (-76°F) for at least 5 s.
P0114
Where this DTC is used, the ECM detects that the IAT sensor signal is intermittent or has abruptly changed for at least 5 s.
Action Taken When the DTCs Set
DTCs P0112, P0113, and P0114 are Type B DTCs.
The ECM commands the cooling fans ON.
Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
DTCs P0112, P0113, and P0114 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
With the Vehicle in Service Mode, the engine OFF, if the engine is cold, a properly functioning IAT sensor 1 will gradually increase the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter. This is due to the heat that is generated by the MAF sensor heating elements.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Powertrain Component Views
Powertrain Component Views
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE: To minimize the effects of residual engine heat and sensor internal heating elements, perform Steps 1 and 2 of this verification procedure only if the ignition has been OFF for 8 hours or more.
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify the following scan tool parameters are within 30°C (54°F) of each other.
Start-Up IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not within 30°C (54°F)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If within 30°C (54°F)
3. Engine idling.
4. Verify the following scan tool parameters are between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F).
IAT Sensor 1
IAT Sensor 2
If not between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between: -38 and +149°C (-36 and +300°F)
5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the freeze frame/failure records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Verification before proceeding with Circuit/System Testing.
1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, it may take up to 2 min. for all vehicle systems to power down. Disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If 2 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open or high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 engine control module.
If less than 2 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the intake air temperature sensor 1 signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 engine control module.
If greater than 5.2 V
NOTE: If the signal circuit is shorted to a voltage the engine control module or the sensor may be damaged.
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 engine control module.
2. Vehicle in Service Mode, test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 engine control module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
4. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter is colder than -39°C (-38°F).
If warmer than -39°C (-38°F).
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If colder than -39°C (-38°F).
5. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 3.
6. Verify the scan tool IAT Sensor 1 parameter is warmer than 148°C (298°F).
If colder than 148°C (298°F).
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
3. Vehicle OFF.
4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If warmer than 148°C (298°F).
7. Test or replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air sensor.
Component Testing
Multifunction Intake Air Sensor
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
NOTE: A thermometer can be used to test the sensor off the vehicle.
2. Test resistance of the IAT sensor 1, between signal terminal 1 and the low reference terminal 3, by varying the sensor temperature while monitoring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance - Intake Air Temperature Sensor (Hitachi sensor) table for Hitachi Sensors. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.
If not within the specified range
Replace the B75C Multifunction Intake Air Sensor.
If within the specified range
3. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Mass Airflow Sensor Replacement
for multifunction intake air sensor replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0117, P0118, OR P0119: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0117
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0118
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0119
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Circuit Intermittent
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Signal Circuit |
P0117 |
P0118 |
P0118* |
P0116, P0119, P0128 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0118 |
- |
P0119, P0128 |
|
*ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+. |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
ECT Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine Running Parameter Normal Range: -39 to 149°C (-38 to 300°F) |
|||
|
ECT Sensor |
150°C (302°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
|
Low Reference |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor is a variable resistor that measures the temperature of the engine coolant. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 V to the ECT sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. This diagnostic checks for an open, short to ground or an intermittent circuit condition between the ECM and ECT sensor.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0117
Vehicle ON, or the engine is running.
This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
P0118
The engine run time is greater than 10 s.
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor is greater than 0°C (32°F).
This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
P0119
DTC P0117 or P0118 are not set.
Vehicle ON, or the engine is running.
This DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0117
The ECM detects that the ECT sensor signal is warmer than 149°C (300°F) for greater than 5 s.
P0118
The ECM detects that the ECT is colder than -39°C (-38°F) for greater than 5 s.
P0119
The ECM detects that the ECT is intermittent or has abruptly changed for greater than 4 seconds.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0117, P0118 and P0119 are Type B DTCs
The cooling fans will be commanded ON.
The engine is forced ON and Autostop is disabled.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0117, P0118 and P0119 are Type B DTCs
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Cooling System Description and Operation
Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is warmer than - 40° C (- 40° F) and colder than 150° C (302° F) and changes with engine run time.
If colder than - 39° C (- 38° F) or warmer than 149° C (300° F) or does not change
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If warmer than - 40° C (- 40°F) and colder than 150° C (302° F) and changes
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature sensor harness connector at the sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is colder than -39° C (-38° F).
If warmer than -39° C (-38° F)
1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If colder than -39° C (-38° F)
5. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 2.
6. Verify the scan tool ECT sensor parameter is warmer than 149° C (300° F).
If 149° C (300° F) or colder
1. Vehicle Off, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
3. Vehicle Off.
4. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If warmer than 149° C (300° F)
7. Test or replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.
Component Testing
1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.
2. Test the ECT sensor by varying the sensor temperature while measuring the sensor resistance. Compare the readings with the Temperature Versus Resistance (Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor) table. The resistance values should be in range of the table values.
If not within the specified range
Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.
If within the specified range
3. Test for infinite resistance between each terminal and the sensor housing.
If less than infinite resistance
Replace the B34 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor.
If infinite resistance
4. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor Replacement - Water Outlet
Control Module References
for control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0121-P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0-P16A2, OR P2135: THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR/SENSOR COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0121
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Performance
DTC P0122
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0123
Throttle Position Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0222
Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0223
Throttle Position Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
DTC P16A0
Sensor Communication Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P16A1
Sensor Communication Circuit High Voltage
DTC P16A2
Sensor Communication Circuit Performance
DTC P2135
Throttle Position Sensors 1-2 Not Plausible
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P06A3 |
P0122*, P0222*, P16A0 |
P06A3 |
P0121, P16A2, P2135* |
|
Signal |
P0122*, P0222*, P16A0 |
P0122*, P0222*, P16A1 |
P0123*, P0223*, P16A0**, P16A1**, P16A2** |
P0121, P16A2, P2135* |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0123*, P0223*, P16A1 |
- |
P0121, P16A2, P2135* |
|
* This DTC set indicates an internal throttle body condition. ** A short to voltage causes P16A1 to set. If DTC P16A0, P16A1, and P16A2 set at the same time, an intermittent circuit condition exists. |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
Throttle Position Sensor 1
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: The engine is operating with the throttle closed. All accessories OFF. Parameter Normal Range: Throttle Position Sensor 1 3.75 - 4.75 V |
|||
|
5 V Reference |
5.0 V |
5.0 V |
5.0 V |
|
Signal |
5.0 V |
0.0 V |
0.0 V |
|
Low Reference |
- |
0.0 V |
- |
Throttle Position Sensor 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: The engine is operating with the throttle closed. All accessories OFF. Parameter Normal Range: Throttle Position Sensor 2 0.45 - 0.90 V |
|||
|
5 V Reference |
0.0 V |
0.0 V |
0.0 V |
|
Signal |
0.0 V |
5.0 V |
5.0 V |
|
Low Reference |
- |
5.0 V |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The throttle body assembly contains a contact-less inductive throttle position sensing element that is managed by a customized integrated circuit. The throttle position sensor is mounted within the throttle body assembly and is not serviceable. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the throttle body with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, an H-bridge motor directional control circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the throttle body to the ECM. The throttle body cannot receive data from the ECM over the signal/serial data circuit. The throttle position sensor provides a signal voltage that changes relative to throttle blade angle. The customized integrated circuit translates the voltage based position information into serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The throttle position sensor information is transmitted between the throttle body and the ECM on the signal/serial data circuit. The ECM decodes the serial data signal into separate voltages which are displayed on a scan tool as the voltage inputs from throttle position sensors 1 and 2.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0121
DTCs P0102, P0103, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0117, P0118, P0335, or P0336 is not set.
The engine speed is between 0 - 5, 400 RPM.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is -7 to +125°C (19 - 257°F).
The intake air temperature (IAT) is -20 to +125°C (-4 to +257°F).
The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223
DTC P06A3 is not set.
The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.41 V and reduced power is not active.
The DTCs run continuously when the above condition are met.
P16A0, P16A1, or P16A2
DTC P06A3 is not set.
The ignition is ON or the engine is operating.
The run/crank voltage is greater than 6.41 V.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met for greater than 1 s.
P2135
DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, or P06A3 are not set.
The ignition is ON or the engine is running.
The run/crank or powertrain relay voltage is greater than 6.41 V and reduced power is not active.
The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0121
The ECM detects that the throttle position sensor 1 voltage is stuck within normal operating range for greater than 1 s.
P0122
The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is less than 0.32 V for greater than 1 s.
P0123
The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 1 signal voltage is greater than 4.75 V for greater than 1 s.
P0222
The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is less than 0.25 V for greater than 1 s.
P0223
The ECM detects the throttle position sensor 2 signal voltage is greater than 4.59 V for greater than 1 s.
P16A0
The ECM detects a low voltage circuit condition on the throttle position sensor signal circuit for greater than 1 s.
P16A1
The ECM detects a high voltage circuit condition on the throttle position sensor signal circuit for greater than 1 s.
P16A2
The ECM detects an incorrect message was received over the throttle position sensor signal circuit for greater
than 1 s.
P2135
The ECM detects that throttle position sensors 1 and 2 disagree greater than 7 - 10 percent for greater than 1 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0121 is a Type B DTC.
DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.
The ECM commands the throttle actuator control (TAC) system to operate in a Reduced Engine Power mode.
A message center or an indicator displays Reduced Engine Power.
Under certain conditions, the ECM commands the engine OFF.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0121 is a Type B DTC.
DTCs P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, and P2135 are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
A high resistance condition on the throttle position and throttle actuator control circuits could cause a DTC to set.
If the accelerator pedal is pressed to the wide open throttle position, the throttle blade angle or Throttle Position angle is limited to less than 40 percent.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE: If you were sent here from DTC P0068, P0101, P0106, or P1101 refer to Circuit/System Testing.
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that DTC P0601 - P0606, P06A3, and P16F3 is not set.
If a DTC is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If a DTC is not set
3. Verify the scan tool Throttle Body Idle Air flow Compensation parameter is less than 90 %.
If 90 % or greater
Refer to Throttle Body Inspection and Cleaning .
If less than 90 %
4. Verify that DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, or P2135 are not set.
If DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, or P2135 are the only DTCs set
Replace the Q38 Throttle Body.
If DTC P16A0, P16A1, or P16A2 is set with any of the DTCs
Refer to Circuit/System Testing
If none of the DTCs are set
5. Verify the Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool.
If Agree is not displayed
Replace the Q38 Throttle Body.
If Agree is displayed
6. Verify DTC P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, and P2135 is not set.
If a DTC is set
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If a DTC is not set
7. Determine the current vehicle testing altitude.
8. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is within range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.
If the MAP Sensor pressure is not in range
Refer to DTC P0106.
If the MAP Sensor pressure is within range
9. Engine idling.
10. Verify the scan tool MAP Sensor pressure parameter is between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 psi) and changes with accelerator pedal input.
If not between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 psi) or does not change
Refer to DTC P0106.
If between 26 - 52 kPa (3.8 - 7.5 psi) and changes
11. Engine speed between 1, 375 and 1, 425 RPM, and at normal operating temperature.
12. Verify the scan tool MAF Sensor parameter is between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
If the MAF Sensor parameter is not between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
Refer to DTC P0101..
If the MAF Sensor parameter between 1, 800 and 2, 400 Hz.
13. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
14. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
15. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: Disconnecting the throttle body harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.
1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at Q38 Throttle Body. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 4 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
6. Replace the Q38 Throttle Body.
Repair Instructions
Throttle Body Assembly Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
Repair Verification
1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
4. Ignition OFF and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
5. Vehicle in Service Mode.
6. Verify the Throttle Position Sensors 1 and 2 Agree/Disagree parameter displays Agree while performing the Throttle Sweep Test with a scan tool.
If Agree is not displayed
Test or replace the Q38 Throttle Body.
If Agree is displayed
7. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not set.
If DTC sets
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If DTC does not set
8. All OK.
DTC P0128: ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) BELOW THERMOSTAT REGULATING TEMPERATURE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptor
DTC P0128
Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Below Thermostat Regulating Temperature
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
ECT Sensor Signal |
P0117, P0119 |
P0118 |
P0118* |
P0116, P0119, P0128 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0118, P0119 |
- |
P0119, P0128 |
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
*ECM or sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
ECT Sensor
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine running Parameter Normal Range: Varies with coolant temperature |
|||
|
ECT Sensor Signal |
150°C (302°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
|
Low Reference |
- |
-40°C (-40°F) |
-40°C (-40°F) |
Circuit/System Description
The engine control module (ECM) monitors the temperature of the engine coolant for engine control and as enabling criteria for some diagnostics. The ECM monitors the amount of time to reach a predetermined temperature based on the Start up ECT sensor. The ECM uses this temperature to determine if the engine has warmed up to the thermostat regulating temperature. If the engine coolant temperature does not increase normally or does not reach the thermostat regulating temperature, diagnostics that use the ECT as enabling criteria, may not run when expected. If the engine coolant temperature fails to reach the thermostat regulating temperature, before a predetermined amount of time, the DTC sets.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P00B3, P00B4, P00B6
or P010C are not set.
The start-up ECT sensor is between -40 to 69°C (19 to 156°F).
The engine OFF time is greater than 30 min.
The engine run time is between 10 s and 30 min.
The thermostat heater duty cycle is less than 50%.
The fuel ethanol percentage is 87 % or less.
The DTC runs once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM determines that the modeled ECT has met the calibrated target of 74° C (165 °F) and the measured ECT is less than 63° C (145° F) for greater than 1 s.
OR
The ECM determines that the modeled ECT has met the calibrated target of 55° C (131 °F) and the measured ECT is less than 25° C (77° F) for greater than 1 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC.
The engine is forced ON and Autostop is disabled.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTC P0128 is a Type B DTC. Diagnostic Aids
DTC P0128 can fail when there is a Q66 Passenger Compartment Heater Coolant Control Valve fault.
Failing DTC P0128 will in turn set an A/C disabled message.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine Running
2. Verify DTC P00B3, P00B4, P00B6, P0116, P0117 or P0118 is not set.
If DTC P00B3, P00B4, P00B6, P0116, P0117 or P0118 is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If DTC P00B3, P00B4, P00B6, P0116, P0117 or P0118 is not set
3. Verify the coolant in the radiator surge tank is at the correct level and there are no engine coolant leaks.
If a condition is found
Refer to Cooling System Draining and Filling , and Loss of Coolant .
If a condition is not found
4. Engine Running for 15 min with the A/C OFF.
5. Command the Engine Coolant Thermostat Heater to 0 % with a scan tool, engine at 2, 000 RPM.
6. Verify the scan tool ECT Sensor parameter is between 80° C and 102° C (176° F and 215° F).
If ECT sensor is not between 80° C and 102° C (176° F and 215° F)
Replace the engine coolant thermostat.
If ECT sensor is between 80° C and 102° C (176° F and 215° F)
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
8. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to step 1.
If the DTC does not set
9. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Engine Coolant Thermostat Housing Replacement
for engine coolant thermostat replacement.
Control Module References
for control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0131, P0132, P0137, OR P0138: HO2S CIRCUIT LOW/HIGH VOLTAGE SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0131
HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 1
DTC P0132
HO2S Circuit High Voltage Sensor 1
DTC P0137
HO2S Circuit Low Voltage Sensor 2
DTC P0138
HO2S Circuit High Voltage Sensor 2
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
HO2S High Signal |
P0131, P0137 |
P0132, P0138 |
P0132, P0138 |
P0133, P1133*, P015A*, P015B* |
|
HO2S Low Signal |
P0131, P0137 |
P0132, P0138 |
P0132, P0138 |
P0133, P1133*, P015A*, P015B* |
|
*If equipped |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
HO2S 1 or 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Engine operating in Closed Loop Parameter Normal Range: 23 - 1 930 mV |
|||
|
HO2S 1 or 2 High Signal |
0 mV |
1700 - 2 100 mV |
1700 - 2 100 mV |
|
HO2S 1 or 2 Low Signal |
- |
1700 - 2 100 mV |
1700 - 2 100 mV |
Circuit/System Description
The heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content of the exhaust stream. When the engine is started, the control module operates in an open loop mode, ignoring the HO2S signal voltage while calculating the air to fuel ratio. While the engine runs, the HO2S heats up and begins to generate a voltage within a range of 0 - 1 275 mV. Once sufficient HO2S voltage fluctuation is observed by the control module, closed loop is entered. The control module uses the HO2S voltage to determine the air to fuel ratio. An HO2S voltage that increases toward 1 000 mV indicates a rich fuel mixture. An HO2S voltage that decreases toward 0 mV indicates a lean fuel mixture.
The heating elements inside each HO2S heat the sensor to bring the sensor up to operating conditions faster. This allows the system to enter closed loop earlier and the control module to calculate the air to fuel ratio sooner.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0131 or P0137
DTCs P0068, P0106, P0108, P0122, P0123, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0455, P0496, P0606, P16F3 and P2101 are not set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
The fuel composition is less than 87% ethanol.
The fuel system is in Closed Loop.
The engine is not decelerating.
DTC P0131 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 3 s.
DTC P0137 runs continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 5 s.
DTC P0132 or P0138
DTCs P0106, P0108, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0442, P0443, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455 and
P0496 are not set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The Ignition is OFF for greater than 8 h.
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
The fuel composition is less than 87% ethanol.
The fuel system is in Closed Loop.
The engine runtime is greater than 5 s.
The engine is not decelerating.
DTC P0132 and P0138 run continuously when the above conditions are met for greater than 3 s.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0131 or P0137
The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage is less than 40 mV for greater than 40 s.
P0132 or P0138
The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage is greater than 1 050 mV for greater than 10 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137 and P0138 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0131, P0132, P0137 and P0138 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Ignition ON.
2. Verify no HO2S heater DTCs are set.
If a HO2S heater DTC is set.
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If no HO2S heater DTC is set.
3. Allow the engine to reach operating temperature, engine running.
4. Verify the scan tool HO2S Sensor 1 or 2 voltage parameters are between 50 - 1 050 mV.
If not between 50 - 1 050 mV.
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between 50 - 1 050 mV.
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets.
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set.
7. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down. Ignition ON.
2. Test for 1.7 - 3.0 V between the high signal circuit terminal 4 and ground.
If less than 1.7 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the high signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 3.0 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the high signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 1.7 - 3.0 V
3. Verify the scan tool heated oxygen sensor Bank 1 or 2 Sensor 1 or 2 parameter is between 1.7 - 2.1 V.
If less than 1.7 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the low signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 1.7 - 2.1 V
4. Connect a 3 A fused jumper wire between the high signal circuit terminal 4 and the low signal circuit terminal 3.
NOTE: The low signal circuit is tied to a pull-up circuit within the engine control module. A voltage of 0.0 - 1.10 V on the low signal circuit is normal.
5. Verify the scan tool heated oxygen sensor Bank 1 or 2 Sensor 1 or 2 parameter displays 0.0 V.
If greater than 0.0 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω.
3. Test for less than 1 V between the low signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If 0.0 V
6. Verify none of the following conditions exist:
Lean or rich fuel injectors. Refer to
Fuel Injector Diagnosis
.
Water intrusion in the HO2S harness connector
Low or high fuel system pressure. Refer to
Fuel System Diagnosis
.
Fuel that is contaminated. Refer to
Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
.
Fuel saturation of the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
Exhaust leaks
Engine vacuum leaks
If any of the conditions exist
Repair as necessary.
If none of the conditions exist
7. Test or replace the B52 Heated Oxygen Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
Perform the scan tool Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset after replacing a HO2S.
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B, P2270, OR P2271: HO2S SLOW/DELAYED RESPONSE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0133
HO2S Slow Response Sensor 1
DTC P013A
HO2S Slow Response Rich to Lean Sensor 2
DTC P013B
HO2S Slow Response Lean to Rich Sensor 2
DTC P013E
HO2S Delayed Response Rich to Lean Sensor 2
DTC P013F
HO2S Delayed Response Lean to Rich Sensor 2
DTC P015A
HO2S Delayed Response Rich to Lean Sensor 1
DTC P015B
HO2S Delayed Response Lean to Rich Sensor 1
DTC P2270
HO2S Signal Stuck Lean Sensor 2
DTC P2271
HO2S Signal Stuck Rich Sensor 2
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
HO2S High Signal |
P0131, P0137 |
P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140 |
P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140 |
P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B |
|
HO2S Low Signal |
P0131, P0137 |
P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140 |
P0132, P0134, P0138, P0140 |
P0133, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P015A, P015B |
Typical Scan Tool Data
HO2S 1 or 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open |
Short to Voltage |
|
Parameter Normal Range: 200 - 800 mV |
|||
|
High Signal |
0.00 V |
1.7 - 2.1 V |
1.7 - 2.1 V |
|
Low Signal |
0.00 V |
1.7 - 2.1 V |
1.7 - 2.1 V |
Circuit/System Description
The heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) are used for fuel control and catalyst monitoring. Each HO2S compares the oxygen content of the surrounding air with the oxygen content of the exhaust stream. When the engine is started, the control module operates in an Open Loop mode, ignoring the HO2S signal voltage while calculating the air-to-fuel ratio. While the engine runs, the HO2S heats up and begins to generate a voltage within a range of 0 - 1, 000 mV. Once sufficient HO2S voltage fluctuation is observed by the control module, Closed Loop is entered. The control module uses the HO2S voltage to determine the air-to-fuel ratio. An HO2S voltage that increases toward 1, 000 mV indicates a rich fuel mixture. An HO2S voltage that decreases toward 0 mV indicates a lean fuel mixture.
The heating elements inside each HO2S heat the sensor to bring the sensor up to operating conditions faster. This allows the system to enter Closed Loop earlier and the control module to calculate the air-to-fuel ratio
sooner.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0133
DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0134, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, P0277, P0279, P0280, P0282, P0283, P0300 - P0308, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0452, P0453, P0455, P0496, P1104, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P124C, P124D, P124E, P124F, P1516, P16F3, P2100 - P2103, P2119, P2135, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P216B, P216C, P216E, P216F, P217B, P217C, P217E, P217F, P2176, P2227 -
P2230 are not set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than 60°C (140°F)°C.
The intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than -40°C (-40°F)
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
The engine run time is greater than 30 s.
The engine speed is between 1, 000 - 3, 500 RPM.
The barometric (BARO) pressure is greater than 70 kPa.
The mass airflow (MAF) is between 12 - 60 g/s.
The fuel system is in Closed Loop.
Device controls are not active.
Ethanol content is less than 87%.
Fuel control is not in power enrichment.
Decel fuel cut-off is not active.
The DTCs run once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met for 4 s.
P013A or P013E
Before the ECM can report DTC P013A, or P013C failed, DTCs P013E, P014A, P2270, and P2272 must run and pass.
Before the ECM can report DTC P013E, or P014A failed, DTCs P2270 and P2272 must run and pass.
DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201 - P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300 - P0308, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not
set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.
The learned heater resistance is valid.
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
After the above conditions are met decel fuel cut-off continues without driver initiated pedal input.
The DTCs run once per ignition cycle, during decel fuel cut-off (DFCO), when the above conditions are met.
P013B or P013F
Before the ECM can report DTC P013B, or P013D failed, DTCs P013A, P013C, P013E, P013F, P014A, P014B, P2270, P2271, P2272, and P2273 must run and pass.
Before the ECM can report DTC P013F, or P014B failed, DTCs P013A, P013C, P013E, P014A, P2270, P2271, P2272, and P2273 must run and pass.
DTCs P0030, P0036, P0053, P0054, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0134, P0135, P0137, P0138, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0140, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201 - P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300 - P0308, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1133, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176, P2270, P2271, P2A00 are not
set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.
The learned heater resistance is valid.
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
After the above conditions are met, fuel enrich mode is continued.
The DTCs run once per ignition cycle when the above conditions are met.
P015A or P015B
DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0442, P0443, P0446, P0449, P0455, P0496, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176 are not
set.
The Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is warmer than 60°C (140°F).
The intake air temperature (IAT) is warmer than -40°C (-40°F)
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
The engine run time is greater than 30 s.
The engine speed is between 1, 100 - 3, 500 RPM.
The vehicle speed is between 52 - 124 km/h (32 - 77 mph).
The mass airflow (MAF) is between 2 - 50 g/s.
The fuel system is in Closed Loop.
Device controls are not active.
The evaporative emission (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge.
The heated oxygen sensor 1 heater is on for greater than 40 s.
The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is on for greater than 175 s
After the above conditions are met for 1 s the fuel mixture is forced rich.
At the end of the forced rich fuel state, the heated oxygen sensor 1 is greater than 0.690 V and decel fuel cut-off is active.
The DTCs run once per drive cycle when the above conditions are met.
P2270
DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0411, P0412, P0418, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176,
P2270, P2271 are not set.
The system voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
The engine speed is between 1, 100 - 3, 500 RPM.
The engine airflow is between 2 - 50 g/s.
The vehicle speed is between 52 - 124 km/h (32 - 77 mph).
The fuel state is in Closed Loop.
The evaporative emission (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge.
The HO2S heaters are ON for more than 180 s.
The predicted catalytic converter temperature is between 550 - 910°C (1, 022 - 1, 670°F).
This DTC runs once per trip when all of the above conditions have been met for 2 s.
P2271
DTCs P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0112, P0113, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0120, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P013A, P013B, P013E, P013F, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0220, P0222, P0223, P0300, P0411, P0412, P0418, P1174, P1516, P2101, P2119, P2135, P2176,
P2270 are not set.
The system voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
The engine is OFF for greater 8 hours.
The fuel level is greater than 10%.
The engine speed is between 1, 100 - 3, 500 RPM.
The engine airflow is between 2 - 50 g/s.
The vehicle speed is between 52 - 124 km/h (32 - 77 mph).
The fueling state is in Closed Loop.
The evaporative emission (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge.
Power take-off is not active.
The heated oxygen sensor heaters have been on more than 180 s.
The predicted catalyst temperature is between 550 - 910°C (1, 022 - 1, 670°F).
DTCs P013A, P013E, and P2270 have run and passed.
THEN
Decel fuel cut-off is active.
The accelerator pedal position is stable.
This DTC runs once per trip when the above conditions are met for 3 s.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0133, P015A or P015B
The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor rich-to-lean or lean-to-rich average response time is greater than a calibrated value.
The DTCs set within 60 s when the above condition is met.
P013A
The engine control module detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during rich-to-lean transitions between 450 - 150 mV is greater than 75 grams.
P013B
The engine control module detects that the accumulated mass air flow monitored during lean-to-rich transitions between 300 - 600 mV is greater than 75 grams.
P013E
The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage has not decreased below 450 mV within a calibrated value of accumulated air flow.
P013F
The engine control module detects that the heated oxygen sensor voltage has not increased above 300 mV within a calibrated value of accumulated air flow.
P2270
The engine control module does not detect a heated oxygen sensor voltage greater than 825 mV before accumulated mass air flow exceeds a calibrated value.
P2271
The engine control module does not detect an heated oxygen sensor voltage less than 100 mV before accumulated mass air flow exceeds a calibrated value.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0133, P013E, P013F, P2270, and P2271 are Type B DTCs.
DTCs P013A, P013B, P015A, and P015B are Type A DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0133, P013E, P013F, P2270, and P2271 are Type B DTCs.
DTCs P013A, P013B, P015A, and P015B are Type A DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify no HO2S heater DTCs are set.
If a DTC is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If a DTC is not set
3. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:
Lean or rich fuel injectors - Refer to
Fuel Injector Diagnosis
.
Water intrusion in the HO2S harness connector
Low or high fuel system pressure - Refer to
Fuel System Diagnosis
.
Fuel that is contaminated - Refer to
Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
.
Fuel saturation of the evaporative emission (EVAP) canister
Exhaust leaks
Engine vacuum leaks
Engine oil consumption - Refer to
Oil Consumption Diagnosis
.
Engine coolant consumption - Refer to Loss of Coolant
.
If any of the above conditions exist
Repair as necessary.
If none of the conditions exist
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not reset. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Test or replace the appropriate B52 HO2S.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 1
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
Perform the scan tool Heated Oxygen Sensor Resistance Learn Reset after replacing an HO2S.
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming and setup
DTC P0171 OR P0172: FUEL TRIM SYSTEM
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0171
Fuel Trim System Lean
DTC P0172
Fuel Trim System Rich
Circuit/System Description
The engine control module (ECM) controls a Closed Loop air/fuel metering system in order to provide the best possible combination of driveability, fuel economy, and emission control. The ECM monitors the heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) signal voltage, and adjusts the fuel delivery based on the signal voltage while in Closed Loop. A change made to the fuel delivery changes the long and short term fuel trim values. The short term fuel trim
values change rapidly in response to the HO2S signal voltages. These changes fine tune the engine fueling. The long term fuel trim values change in response to trends in the short term fuel trim The long term fuel trim makes coarse adjustments to fueling in order to re-center and restore control to short term fuel trim. The ideal fuel trim values are around 0 %. A positive fuel trim value indicates that the ECM is adding fuel in order to compensate for a lean condition. A negative fuel trim value indicates that the ECM is reducing the amount of fuel in order to compensate for a rich condition.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTCs P0030, P0053, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0131 - P0135, P0201 - P0204, P0236, P0237, P0238, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0300 - P0304, P0458, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157,
P2227, P2228, P2229, or P2230 are not set.
The engine is in Closed Loop status.
The catalyst monitor diagnostic intrusive test, post 02 diagnostic intrusive test, device control, and evaporative emission leak test are not active.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -20 and +150°C (-4 and +302°F).
The intake air temperature (IAT) is between -20 and +150°C (-4 and +302°F).
The manifold absolute pressure (MAP) is between 5 - 255 kPa (0.7 - 37 psi).
The engine speed is between 400 - 6, 100 RPM.
The mass air flow (MAF) is between 0.5 - 510 g/s.
The barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10.2 psi).
The fuel level is greater than 10 % and no fuel level sensor fault is present.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The average long term fuel trim weighted average value is greater or less than a calibrated value.
The above condition is present for approximately 3 min after the Conditions for Running the DTC have been met.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
DTCs P0171 and P0172 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Allow the engine to reach operating temperature. With the engine running, observe the HO2S parameter with a scan tool. The HO2S value should vary from approximately 40 mV to approximately 900 mV, and respond to fueling changes.
The normal Short Term Fuel Trim and Long Term Fuel Trim parameters should be between +10 and -10
% with 0 % the optimum, with the engine running at operating temperature.
Any un-metered air into the engine causes this DTC to set. Thoroughly inspect all areas of the engine for
vacuum leaks.
A MAF sensor condition can cause this DTC without setting a MAF DTC. If there is a MAF sensor condition, the MAF sensor parameters will appear to be within range.
Verify that the air filter is the correct one for this application. Verify that the engine oil fill cap is in place and that it is tight. Verify that the engine oil dip stick is fully seated.
Certain aftermarket air filters may cause a DTC to set.
Certain aftermarket air induction systems or modifications to the air induction system may cause a DTC to set.
Certain aftermarket exhaust system components may cause a DTC to set.
Reference Information
Component View Reference
Powertrain Component Views
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify no other DTCs are set.
If any other DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If no other DTCs are set
3. Verify DTC P0171 or P0172 does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify DTC P0171 or P0172 does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify the manifold absolute pressure sensor is within the range specified for your altitude. Refer to
Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure
If not within the specified range
Refer to DTC P0106
If within the specified range
3. Engine running at the operating temperature.
4. Verify the Long Term Fuel Trim parameter is between -10 % and +10 %.
If greater than +10 %
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Inspect for the conditions listed below:
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor signal skewed - If the Short Term Fuel Trim parameter changes greater than 20 % when the MAF sensor is disconnected, refer to
DTC P0101
.
Fuel contamination - Refer to
Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
.
Missing, restricted, or leaking exhaust components - Refer to
Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
.
Malfunctioning fuel injectors - Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis
.
Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks, and improper connections
Insufficient fuel in the tank
Low fuel pressure - Refer to
Fuel System Diagnosis
.
Vacuum leaks at the intake manifold, the throttle body, and the injector O-rings.
Leaks in the air induction system and the air intake ducts
Leaks in the components of the vacuum operated engine mount system
Missing air filter element
Cracked EVAP canister
Evaporative pipes obstructed or leaking
The crankcase ventilation system for leaks - Refer to
Crankcase Ventilation System
Inspection/Diagnosis
.
If a condition is found, repair as necessary.
If no condition is found, inspect the engine for a mechanical condition. Refer to
Symptoms - Engine Mechanical .
If less than -10 %
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Inspect for the conditions listed below:
Mass air flow (MAF) sensor signal skewed - If the Short Term Fuel Trim parameters for both banks changes greater than 20 % when the MAF sensor is disconnected, refer to
DTC
P0101
.
Fuel contamination - Refer to
Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
.
Missing, restricted, or leaking exhaust components - Refer to
Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
.
Malfunctioning fuel injectors - Refer to Fuel Injector Diagnosis
Collapsed or restricted air intake duct
Excessive fuel pressure - Refer to
Fuel System Diagnosis
Dirty or restricted air filter
Objects blocking the throttle body
Improper operation of the evaporative emissions control system
Excessive fuel in the crankcase - Change the engine oil as necessary.
If a condition is found, repair as necessary.
If no condition is found, inspect the engine for a mechanical condition. Refer to
Symptoms -
Engine Mechanical
.
If between -10 % and +10 %
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify DTC P0171 or P0172 is not set.
If any of the DTCs set
Refer to conditions listed above.
If none of the DTCs set
7. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair. Perform the scan tool Fuel Trim Reset after completing the repair.
DTC P0191 OR P0192: FUEL RAIL PRESSURE SENSOR PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0191
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Performance
DTC P0192
Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P018C, P0192, P0340, P0365, P0452, P0506, P0522, P0532, P055C, P0641, P2227, P2228 |
P0192 |
P018D, P0453, P0523, P0533, P055D, P0641, P2227 |
P0191 |
|
Signal |
P0192, P0506 |
P0192 |
- |
P0191 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0506 |
- |
P0191 |
Circuit/System Description
The fuel pressure/temperature sensor transmits fuel pressure and temperature information by serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The fuel pressure/temperature sensor internal microprocessor allows 4 separate sensor outputs from one 3 wire sensor.
The engine control module (ECM) supplies the fuel pressure/temperature sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the fuel pressure/temperature sensor to the ECM. The ECM decodes the serial data signal into separate voltages.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0191
The engine is running for greater than 1 min.
The commanded fuel pressure rate of change, increase or decrease, is less than 3 MPa (435 PSI) for greater than or equal to 1.25 s.
The DTC runs continuously within the enabling conditions.
P0192
The engine is cranking or running.
The DTC runs continuously within the enabling condition.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0191
The difference between the commanded high pressure and the measured high pressure is greater than or less
than a predefined threshold for greater than or equal to 1.5 s.
P0192
The ECM detects that the fuel pressure/temperature sensor signal voltage is low for greater than 30 s with the engine running or greater than 10 s with the engine cranking.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0191, P0192, are Type A DTCs.
A message center or an indicator may display Reduced Engine Power.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0191, P0192 are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
A high resistance condition on the fuel pressure/temperature sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set.
Inspect for a contaminated fuel system.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Powertrain Component View
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode
2. Verify there are no DTCs set related to the following system/component:5V Reference
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to:Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify there are no DTCs set related to the following system/component:B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor
If other DTCs are set - With DTC P0191 set.set.
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If only DTC P0191 set. is set & No other DTCs related to the concerned component are set.
Replace the component:B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor
If none of the DTCs are set
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify that no DTCs are set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If none of the DTCs are set
6. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: Disconnecting the fuel pressure/temperature sensor harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.
1. Ignition OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Ignition ON.
4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Ignition OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, ignition ON.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
6. Replace the B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the diagnostic procedure.
Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
for B310 Fuel Pressure/Temperature Sensor.
Control Module References
for control module replacement, programming and setup.
DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, OR P126F: FUEL TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0182
Fuel Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0183
Fuel Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0187
Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0188
Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor Circuit High Voltage
DTC P111F
Fuel Temperature Sensor 1 Fuel Temperature Sensor 2 Not Plausible
DTC P126E
Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 Internal Performance
DTC P126F
Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 Internal Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P0452, P06D2, P16E5 |
P16E4 |
P06D2, P128A, P128B |
P0191 |
|
Signal |
P16E4 |
P128C, P128D, P16E5 |
P16E5 |
P0191 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P128C, P128D, P16E5 |
- |
P0191 |
Circuit/System Description
The fuel rail pressure sensor transmits fuel pressure and temperature information by serial data using the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) J2716 Single Edge Nibble Transmission (SENT) protocol. The fuel rail pressure sensor internal microprocessor allows 4 separate sensor outputs from one 3 wire sensor. The engine control module (ECM) supplies the fuel rail pressure sensor with a 5 V reference circuit, a low reference circuit, and an asynchronous signal/serial data circuit. The asynchronous signal means communication is only going from the fuel rail pressure sensor to the ECM.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0182 or P0183
DTC P126E, P128C, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.
DTC P126E or P128C is not pending.
Ignition is ON.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
P0187 or P0188
DTC P126F, P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.
DTC P126F or P128D is not pending.
Ignition is ON.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
P111F
DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P126E, P126F, P128C, P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.
DTC P128C, P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not pending.
Ignition is ON.
The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
P126E
DTC P128C, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.
DTC P128C is not pending.
Ignition is ON.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
P126F
DTC P128D, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.
DTC P128D is not pending.
Ignition is ON.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0182
The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 parameter counts are less than 145 for greater than 6 s.
P0183
The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 parameter counts are greater than 1, 865 for greater than 6 s.
P0187
The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 parameter counts are less than 145 for greater than 6 s.
P0188
The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 parameter counts are greater than 1, 865 for greater than 6 s.
P111F
The ECM detects the difference between fuel rail temperature sensor 1 and fuel rail temperature sensor 2 is greater than 20°C (68°F) for greater than 12 s.
P126E
The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 1 parameter counts are greater the 4, 089 for greater than 6 s.
P126F
The ECM detects the scan tool Fuel Rail Temperature Sensor 2 parameter counts are greater the 4, 089 for greater than 6 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, and P126F are Type B DTCs.
A message center or an indicator displays Propulsion Power is Reduced and Service Stabilitrak.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, and P126F are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
A high resistance condition on the fuel rail pressure sensor circuits could cause a DTC to set.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Powertrain Component View
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, or P06A3 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify that DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, P126F, P128A, P128B, P128C, P128D,
P128F, P16E4, or P16E5 is not set.
If DTC P0182, P0183, P0187, P0188, P111F, P126E, or P126F are the only DTCs set
Test or replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor.
If DTC P128A, P128B, P128C, P128D, P128F, P16E4, or P16E5 is set with any of the DTCs
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If none of the DTCs are set
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: Disconnecting the fuel rail pressure sensor harness connector causes additional DTCs to set.
1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor. It may take up to 2 mins for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X3 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
6. Replace the B47B Fuel Rail Pressure Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Fuel Injection Fuel Rail Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
Control Module References
for K20 Engine Control Module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P018B-P018D: FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P018B
Fuel Pressure Sensor Performance
DTC P018C
Fuel Pressure Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P018D
Fuel Pressure Sensor Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P0106, P0107, P018C, P0532, P0641 |
P018C |
P00C7, P0106, P018D, P0523, P0641 |
P018B |
|
Signal |
P018C |
P018C |
P018D |
P018B |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P018D, P0453, P0463, P0533, P24BB |
P018D |
P018B |
Circuit/System Description
The fuel pressure sensor is located on the chassis fuel pipe. The fuel pressure sensor monitors the fuel pressure in the fuel line. The engine control module (ECM) monitors the voltage signal from the fuel pressure sensor.
The sensor provides a fuel pressure signal to the ECM, which is used to provide Closed Loop fuel pressure control.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P018B
DTC P018C, P018D, P0231, P0232, P023F, P0641, P1255, P129D, or P12A6 is not set.
Engine is running for greater than or equal to 5 s.
Fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.
Fuel pressure is greater than 0 kPa (0 PSI)
Low fuel level warning not present.
The DTC runs continuously when the above conditions are met.
P018C or P018D
Engine is cranking or running.
The DTCs run continuously when the above condition is met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P018B
The ECM does not detect a normal fuel pressure change of at least 30 kPa (4.4 PSI) when the fuel pump is operating. The fuel pressure sensor performance diagnostic provides a means to detect fuel pressure sensor output that is stuck within the normal operating range of the sensor.
P018C
The ECM detects that the fuel pressure sensor voltage is less than 0.2 V for 1 s.
P018D
The ECM detects that the fuel pressure sensor voltage is greater than 4.8 V for 1 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P018B, P018C and P018D are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTC P018B, P018C and P018D are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Using the Failure Records data may help locate an intermittent condition. If you cannot duplicate the DTC, the information in the Failure Records can help determine how many miles since the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter can help determine how many ignition cycles that the diagnostic test reported a pass and/or a fail.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Powertrain Component View
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Connector Repairs
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC U0074 or U18A2 is not set or stored in history.
If DTC U0074 or U18A2 is set or stored in history
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If DTC U0074 or U18A2 is not set or stored in history
3. Engine Running.
4. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is between 0.2 - 4.8 V.
If not between 0.2 - 4.8 V
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If between 0.2 - 4.8 V
5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor increases or decreases when commanding an increase and decrease in Fuel Pressure with a scan tool.
If the pressure does not change
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the pressure changes
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
7. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
8. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
5. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is less than 1 V.
If 1 V or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 1 V
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the signal circuit terminal 1 and the 5 V reference circuit terminal 3, wait 15 s.
7. Verify the scan tool Fuel Pressure Sensor parameter is greater than 4.8 V.
If 4.8 V or less
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 4.8 V
8. Replace the B47 Fuel Pressure Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Fuel Pressure Sensor Replacement
Control Module References
for control module replacement, programming and setup
DTC P0201-P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, OR P2157: CYLINDER INJECTOR CONTROL
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0201
Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit
DTC P0202
Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit
DTC P0203
Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit
DTC P0204
Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit
DTC P0261
Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0262
Cylinder 1 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0264
Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0265
Cylinder 2 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0267
Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0268
Cylinder 3 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P0270
Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0271
Cylinder 4 Injector Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P1248
Cylinder 1 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit
DTC P1249
Cylinder 2 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit
DTC P124A
Cylinder 3 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit
DTC P124B
Cylinder 4 Injector High Control Circuit Shorted to Control Circuit
DTC P2147
Cylinder 1 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2148
Cylinder 1 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2150
Cylinder 2 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2151
Cylinder 2 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2153
Cylinder 3 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2154
Cylinder 3 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2156
Cylinder 4 Injector High Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2157
Cylinder 4 Injector High Control Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Fuel Injector 1 Control + |
P2147 |
P0201 |
P2148 |
P1248 |
|
Fuel Injector 1 Control - |
P0261 |
P0201 |
P0262, P2148 |
P1248 |
|
Fuel Injector 2 Control + |
P2150 |
P0202 |
P2151 |
P1249 |
|
Fuel Injector 2 Control - |
P0264 |
P0202 |
P0265, P2151 |
P1249 |
|
Fuel Injector 3 Control + |
P2153 |
P0203 |
P2154 |
P124A |
|
Fuel Injector 3 Control - |
P0267 |
P0203 |
P0268, P2154 |
P124A |
|
Fuel Injector 4 Control + |
P2156 |
P0204 |
P2157 |
P124B |
|
Fuel Injector 4 Control - |
P0270 |
P0204 |
P0271, P2157 |
P124B |
Circuit/System Description
The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to each fuel injector on the injector high voltage supply circuits. The ECM energizes each fuel injector by grounding the high voltage control circuit of the fuel injector. The ECM monitors the status of the injector high voltage supply circuits and the fuel injector high voltage control circuits. When a fuel injector circuit condition is detected by the ECM, the affected fuel injector(s) is disabled.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P062B is not set.
The engine is running for greater than or equal to 2 s.
The ignition voltage is greater than or equal to 11 V.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0201, P0202, P0203, or P0204
The ECM detects the fuel injector control - circuit is open for 2 s.
P0261, P0264, P0267, or P0270
The ECM detects the fuel injector control - circuit is shorted to ground for 2 s.
P0262, P0265, P0268, or P0271
The ECM detects the fuel injector control - circuit is shorted to voltage for 2 s.
P1248, P1249, P124A, or P124B
The ECM detects the fuel injector control + circuit is shorted to the fuel injector control - circuit for 2 s.
P2147, P2150, P2153, or P2156
The ECM detects the fuel injector control + circuit is shorted to ground for 2 s.
P2148, P2151, P2154, or P2157
The ECM detects the fuel injector control + circuit is shorted to voltage for 2 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, and P2157 are Type A DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, and P2157 are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Performing the Fuel Injector Diagnosis may help isolate an intermittent condition. Refer to
Fuel Injector
Diagnosis
.
If the condition is intermittent, move the related harnesses and connectors, with the engine operating, while monitoring the scan tool Injector Control Circuit Status parameters. An Injector Control Circuit Status parameter will change from OK or Not Run to Malfunction if there is a condition with the circuit or a connection.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0685 or P1682 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle for further diagnosis.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Verify DTC P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, or P2157 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If none of the DTCs are set
4. Engine running.
5. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment.
If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters increment
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counters do not increment
6. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters display OK.
If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters do not display OK
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the Cylinder 1 - 4 Injector Control Circuit Status parameters display OK
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
8. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
9. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate Q17 Fuel Injector, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for 1/2 of battery voltage ± 0.5 V between the control + circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than 1/2 of battery voltage ± 0.5 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the control + circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control + circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Test for infinite resistance between the control + circuit terminal 1 and the control - circuit terminal 2.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short between the circuits.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If 1/2 of battery voltage ± 0.5 V
3. Vehicle OFF, connect a test lamp between the control + circuit terminal 1 and the control - circuit terminal 2.
4. Vehicle in Service Mode, engine running.
5. Verify the test lamp flashes ON and OFF.
If the test lamp does not flash
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the X2 harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the control - circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control - circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Vehicle in Service Mode.
5. Test for less than 1 V between the control - circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp flashes
6. Test or replace the Q17 Fuel Injector.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Fuel Injector Replacement
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0231, P0232, OR P023F: FUEL PUMP CONTROL
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0231
Fuel Pump Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0232
Fuel Pump Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P023F
Fuel Pump Control Circuit
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Supply Voltage |
P0171, P0232, P023F |
P0171, P0232, P023F |
P0171, P0232, P023F |
P023F, P2635 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0232, P023F, P0506 |
P0232, P023F, P0506 |
P023F, P2635 |
Circuit/System Description
The engine control module (ECM) supplies voltage to the fuel pump driver control module when the ECM detects that the ignition is on. The voltage from the ECM to the fuel pump driver control module remains active for 2 s, unless the engine is in crank or run. While this voltage is being received, the fuel pump driver control module supplies a varying voltage to the fuel tank fuel pump module in order to maintain the desired fuel line pressure. The fuel pump driver control module monitors the fuel pump voltage to determine if the fuel pump is functioning as commanded.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0231
DTC P129E or P12A8 are not present.
The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.
The engine is cranking or running.
The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.
The fuel pump driver control module output current is less than 75 A.
The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.
P0232
DTC P129E or P12A8 are not present.
The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.
The fuel pump enable circuit is commanded ON.
The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.
P023F
DTC P1255, P129E, or P12A8 are not present.
The ignition voltage is between 9 - 32 V.
The fuel pump commanded duty cycle is between 30 - 60 percent.
The DTC runs continuously when the conditions above are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0231
The fuel pump driver control module detects that the fuel pump control circuit is shorted to ground for 1 s.
P0232
The fuel pump driver control module detects that the fuel pump output circuit voltage is greater than 4 V for 1 s when the voltage should be 0 V.
P023F
The fuel pump driver control module detects that the fuel pump control circuit is open for 1 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0231, P0232, and P023F are Type A DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0231, P0232, and P023F are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Using the Failure Records data may help locate an intermittent condition. If you cannot duplicate the DTC, the information in the Failure Records can help determine how many miles since the DTC set. The Fail Counter and Pass Counter can help determine how many ignition cycles that the diagnostic test reported a pass and/or a fail.
On vehicles equipped with a high pressure mechanical pump on Direct Fuel Injection engines, the vehicle may continue to run even though the pump in the fuel tank is not operating.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Fuel System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify the fuel pump turns ON and OFF when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off with a scan tool.
If the fuel pump does not turn ON and OFF
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the fuel pump turns ON and OFF
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module and the G12 Fuel Pump inline harness connector X350.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end between the following terminals:
X350 terminal 16
K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module terminal 16
If 2 Ω or greater
Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
3. Connect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
4. Vehicle in Service Mode, connect a test lamp between the fuel pump control circuit terminal 1 and the low reference circuit terminal 16 on the body side of connector X350.
5. Verify the test lamp turns ON and OFF when commanding the Fuel Pump Enable On and Off with a scan tool.
If the test lamp is always OFF
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the fuel pump control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the fuel pump control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, test or replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
If the test lamp is always ON
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the fuel pump control circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, test or replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
If the test lamp turns ON and OFF
6. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module and at the G12 Fuel Pump. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
7. Test for infinite resistance between the low reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance
Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
8. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater
Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
9. Test for infinite resistance between the fuel pump control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance
Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
10. Test for less than 2 Ω in the fuel pump control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater
Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
11. Replace the G12 Fuel Pump.
Component Testing
Static Test
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
2. Connect a DMM, set on the diode setting, with the positive lead at terminal 16 and the negative lead at terminal 9 of the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
3. Test for 0.4 - 0.8 V between terminal 16 and terminal 9.
If not between 0.4 - 0.8 V
Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
If between 0.4 - 0.8 V
4. Connect a DMM, set on the diode setting, with the positive lead at terminal 9 and the negative lead at terminal 16 of the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module
5. Test for OL between terminal 9 and terminal 16.
If not OL
Replace the K111 Fuel Pump Driver Control Module.
If OL
6. All OK
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Fuel Tank Fuel Pump Module Replacement
Control Module References
for Fuel Pump Driver Control Module replacement, programming and setup
DTC P0300-P0304: ENGINE/CYLINDER MISFIRE DETECTED
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0300
Engine Misfire Detected
DTC P0301
Cylinder 1 Misfire Detected
DTC P0302
Cylinder 2 Misfire Detected
DTC P0303
Cylinder 3 Misfire Detected
DTC P0304
Cylinder 4 Misfire Detected
Circuit/System Description
The engine control module (ECM) uses information from the crankshaft position sensor and the camshaft position sensor to determine when a engine cylinder misfire is occurring. By monitoring variations in the crankshaft rotation speed for each cylinder, the ECM can detect individual cylinder misfire events.
Extreme cylinder misfire events can cause catalytic converter damage. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) will flash when the conditions for catalytic converter damage are present. DTCs P0301 through P0304 correspond to cylinders 1 through 4. When the ECM detects that one or more specific cylinders are misfiring, the DTC for the respective misfiring cylinder will set and up to 2 of the corresponding fuel injectors are disabled for a minimum of 30 s. The ECM will then re-enable the fuel injector and, after approximately 200 engine revolutions, will determine if the misfire is still present. If the misfire is still present, the ECM will disable the fuel injector again repeating the process. If the misfire is not present, the fuel injector will remain enabled by the ECM. In Spark Ignition Direct Injection (SIDI) system applications, if a fuel injector fault DTC is set during a misfire event, the ECM will not re-enable the injector.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0010, P0011, P0013, P0014, P0016, P0017, P0068, P00C8, P00C9, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0122, P0123, P0191, P0192, P0193, P0222, P0223, P0335, P0336, P0340, P0341, P0365, P0366, P0601, P0604, P0606, P0651, P16A0, P16A1, P16A2, P16F3, P2101, P2135, P2227, P2228, P2229, or P2230 is not set.
The engine speed is less than 1, 000 RPM and DTC P0315 is set.
The engine speed is greater than 1, 050 RPM.
The crankshaft position and camshaft position sensors are synchronized.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is between -12 and 127°C (10 - 261°F).
If the ECT is colder than -12°C (10°F) at start-up, this diagnostic will not run until the ECT is between 21 - 127°C (70 - 261°F).
The battery voltage is between 9 - 32 V.
The ECM is not detecting a rough road signal.
The fuel level is at least 11%.
The ECM is not in fuel cut-off or deceleration fuel cut-off mode.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0300
The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed a predetermined value or a misfire rate high enough to cause catalyst damage.
P0301, P0302, P0303, or P0304
The ECM detects a crankshaft rotation speed variation indicating a single cylinder misfire rate sufficient to cause emissions levels to exceed mandated standards.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0300 - P0304 are Type B DTCs.
Engine idle speed will increase to 2500 RPM.
The ECM will flash the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) when a catalyst damaging level of misfire is present.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0300 - P0304 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
A misfire DTC could be caused by an excessive vibration from sources other than the engine. Inspect for the conditions listed below:
A tire or wheel that is out of round or out of balance
Variable thickness brake rotors
An unbalanced drive shaft
Certain rough road conditions
Transmission operation
A damaged or defective accessory drive component or belt
High resistance in the circuits of the injectors may set a misfire DTC without setting an injector DTC. Test the injector circuits of the affected cylinder(s) for a high resistance if you suspect a condition.
If the condition is intermittent, observing the scan tool IC Circuit Test and Fuel Injector Circuit Test Status parameters may help isolate the condition. The circuit test status parameters will change from OK or Not Run to Fault/Malfunction if a condition exists.
A condition in the heated O2 sensor (HO2S) heater control circuits may set a DTC P0300.
Reference Information
Description and Operation
Electronic Ignition System Description
Fuel System Description
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools
EL26792 Spark Tester
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
NOTE: If the hybrid battery is fully charged and the hood is opened, the engine runs at a very low load since the hybrid battery cannot accept any additional charge. At this very low engine load, engine misfire may not be detected. Ensure that the battery state of charge indicator on the IPC is at least 2 bars below fully charged before proceeding.
Before starting the engine, review the freeze frame failure records data to determine if the misfire sets during a cold start or at operating temperature. If there is a cold start condition and the engine is started, the engine will need to be cooled down before the next attempt to start the engine within the fail conditions.
1. Perform the scan tool Crankshaft Position Variation Learn procedure.
2. Verify no DTCs are set.
If any DTCs other than P0300 - P0304 are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If DTC P0300 - P0304 is set
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If no DTCs are set
3. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment.
If increments
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If does not increment
4. Engine Running, perform the Cylinder Power Balance Test with a scan tool.
5. Verify the engine speed changes when each injector is disabled and then enabled.
If engine speed does not change
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If engine speed does change
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
7. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
8. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Verify none of the following conditions listed below exist:
Damage, carbon tracking, or fluid intrusion of the spark plug boots and/or spark plugs
Vacuum hose splits, kinks, and incorrect connections
Engine vacuum leaks
Crankcase ventilation system for vacuum leaks
Fuel pressure that is too low or too high. Refer to
Fuel System Diagnosis
.
Contaminated fuel. Refer to Alcohol/Contaminants-in-Fuel Diagnosis
.
Exhaust system restrictions
If a condition exists
Repair or replace as necessary.
If no conditions exist
NOTE: An erratic or weak spark is considered a no spark condition.
2. Vehicle OFF, remove the appropriate T 8 Ignition Coil from the spark plug and connect the EL 26792
HEI Spark Tester to the spark plug boot.
3. Engine Running momentarily.
4. Verify the spark output.
If no output or the output is weak
Refer to Electronic Ignition System Diagnosis .
If the output is good
5. Vehicle OFF.
6. Verify the conditions listed below. Refer to Ignition System Specifications
.
The correct spark plug type
The correct spark plug gap
The correct spark plug torque
If a condition exists
Repair or replace as necessary.
If no conditions exist
7. Exchange the suspect spark plug with another cylinder that is operating correctly.
8. Engine Running.
9. Verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter does not increment for the cylinder where the suspect spark plug was installed.
If increments
Replace the spark plug.
If does not increment
10. Test or inspect for the conditions listed below:
A lean or rich Q17 Fuel Injector - Refer to
Fuel Injector Diagnosis
.
An engine mechanical condition - Refer to
Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
.
Repair Instructions
Ignition Coil Replacement
Spark Plug Replacement
Repair Verification
1. Install any components or connectors that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustment, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component or module is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTCs.
4. Turn OFF the ignition for 60 s.
5. If the repair was related to a DTC, duplicate the Conditions for Running the DTC and use the Freeze Frame/Failure Records, if applicable, in order to verify the DTC does not reset. If the DTC resets or another DTC is present, refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle and perform the appropriate diagnostic procedure.
6. Engine Running, verify the scan tool Cylinder 1 - 4 Current Misfire Counter parameters do not increment.
If the misfire counter parameters increment, a misfire condition still exists.
7. To verify that the performance of the catalytic converter has not been affected by the condition that set this DTC, perform the Repair Verification for DTC P0420. Refer to DTC P0420.
DTC P0315: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SYSTEM VARIATION NOT LEARNED
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptor
DTC P0315
Crankshaft Position System Variation Not Learned
Circuit/System Description
The crankshaft position variation learn feature is used to calculate reference period errors caused by slight tolerance variations in the crankshaft, and the crankshaft position sensor. The calculated error allows the engine control module (ECM) to accurately compensate for reference period variations. This enhances the ability of the ECM to detect misfire events over a wider range of engine speed and load conditions.
The crankshaft position system variation compensating values are stored in ECM memory after a learn procedure has been performed and the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position for at least 30 s. If the actual variation is not within the crankshaft position system variation compensating values stored in the ECM, DTC P0300 may set.
If the crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in the ECM memory or a proper ECM power down does not occur after completing the Crankshaft Position Learn Procedure, DTC P0315 sets.
Conditions for Running the DTC
Engine is Running.
The DTC runs continuously when the above condition is met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM detects that the crankshaft position system variation values are not stored in memory.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0315 is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids
This test procedure requires that the vehicle battery has passed a load test and is completely charged. Refer to
Battery Inspection/Test . Reference Information DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Perform the scan tool Crankshaft Position Variation Learn procedure.
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed in the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
3. Verify the DTC is not set.
If the DTC sets
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the DTC does not set
4. All OK
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0324, P0326, OR P06B6: KNOCK SENSOR SYSTEM PERFORMANCE/CONTROL MODULE KNOCK SENSOR PROCESSOR PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0324
Knock Sensor System Performance
DTC P0326
Knock Sensor Performance
DTC P06B6
Control Module Knock Sensor Processor Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to |
Open/High |
Short to |
Signal |
|
|
Ground |
Resistance |
Voltage |
Performance |
|
High Signal |
P0327, P06B6 |
P0325 |
P0328 |
P0324*, P0326** |
|
Low Signal |
P0327 |
P0325 |
P0328 |
P0324*, P0326** |
|
* Signal Performance High ** Signal Performance Low |
||||
Circuit/System Description
The knock sensor enables the engine control module (ECM) to control the ignition timing for the best possible performance while protecting the engine from potentially damaging levels of detonation. The knock sensor produces an alternating current (AC) voltage signal that varies depending on the vibration level during engine operation. The ECM adjusts the spark timing based on the amplitude and the frequency of the knock sensor signal. The ECM learns a minimum knock sensor noise level for all of the engine speed ranges and monitors the normal knock sensor signal. The ECM monitors the internal knock sensor processor test circuits which perform the open circuit diagnostic.
Conditions for Running the DTCs
P0324 or P0326
Engine is running for 2 s or greater.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.
AND
Engine speed is 8, 500 RPM or less.
Engine air flow is 2000 mg or less per cylinder.
OR
Engine speed is 8500 RPM or greater for 200 or more cumulative revolutions.
Engine air flow is 2000 mg or greater per cylinder.
OR
Engine speed is 2250 RPM or greater for 75 or more cumulative revolutions.
Engine air flow is 30 mg or greater per cylinder.
OR
Engine speed is 8500 RPM or greater for 100 or more cumulative revolutions.
Engine air flow is 2000 mg or greater per cylinder.
P06B6
Engine is running for 2 s or greater.
Engine speed is between 400 - 8, 500 RPM for 150 or more cumulative revolutions.
Engine air flow is between 20 - 2000 mg per cylinder.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTCs
P0324
The ECM detects that the knock sensor signal performance is out of the normal calibrated range due to excessive engine knock on a per cylinder basis.
P0326
The ECM detects that the knock sensor signal performance is out of the normal calibrated range due to low signal level.
P06B6
The ECM has detected a fault in the knock sensor processor open circuit diagnostic internal test circuit.
Action Taken When the DTCs Set
DTCs P0324, P0326, and P06B6, are Type C DTCs.
The ignition timing is retarded to reduce the potential of engine damaging spark knock.
Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
DTCs P0324, P0326, and P06B6 are Type C DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
A malfunction in the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) system may cause DTC P0324 to set.
Reference Information
Description and Operation
Electronic Ignition System Description
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine Running
2. Verify DTC P0325, P0327, P0328, P0401, or P06B6 is not set.
If DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328 is set with P06B6
Refer to DTC P0325, P0327, or P0328.
If DTC P0401 is set
Refer to DTC P0401.
If only DTC P06B6 is set
Replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Vehicle OFF.
4. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:
B68 Knock Sensor or wiring harness damage.
Incorrect B68 Knock Sensor installation. Refer to
Fastener Specifications
.
B68 Knock Sensor and engine mounting surface burrs, casting flash, and foreign material.
Close proximity of hoses, brackets, and engine wiring.
Loose brackets.
Loose or broken accessory drive belts, brackets, components.
An engine mechanical condition. Refer to
Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
.
Contaminated or poor quality fuel.
If a condition exists
Repair or replace as necessary.
If no conditions exist
5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
If the DTC sets
Test or replace the B68 Knock Sensor.
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Knock Sensor Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0325, P0327, OR P0328: KNOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review
Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0325
Knock Sensor Circuit
DTC P0327
Knock Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0328
Knock Sensor Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
High Signal |
P0327, P06B6 |
P0325 |
P0328 |
P0324*, P0326** |
|
Low Signal |
P0327 |
P0325 |
P0328 |
P0324*, P0326** |
|
* Signal Performance High ** Signal Performance Low |
||||
Circuit/System Description
The knock sensor enables the engine control module (ECM) to control the ignition timing for the best possible performance while protecting the engine from potentially damaging levels of detonation. The knock sensor produces an alternating current (AC) voltage signal that varies depending on the vibration level during engine operation. The ECM adjusts the spark timing based on the amplitude and the frequency of the knock sensor signal. The ECM learns a minimum knock sensor noise level for all of the engine speed ranges and monitors the normal knock sensor signal. The ECM monitors the internal knock sensor processor test circuits which perform the open circuit diagnostic.
Conditions for Running the DTCs
P0325
Engine is running for 2 s or greater.
Engine speed is between 400 - 5, 500 RPM for 75 or more cumulative revolutions.
Engine air flow is between 20 - 2000 mg per cylinder.
The engine coolant temperature (ECT) is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.
The intake air temperature (IAT) sensor 1 is -40°C (-40°F) or warmer.
P0327 or P0328
Engine speed is less than 8, 500 RPM.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTCs
P0325
The ECM detects that a knock sensor signal circuit is open.
P0327
The ECM detects that the knock sensor low signal circuit is out of the calibrated range.
P0328
The ECM detects that the knock sensor high signal circuit is out of the calibrated range.
Action Taken When the DTCs Set
DTCs P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Type A DTCs.
The ignition timing is retarded to reduce the potential of engine damaging spark knock.
Conditions for Clearing the DTCs
DTCs P0325, P0327 and P0328 are Type A DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
The following conditions listed below may cause a knock sensor DTC to set:
Sensor damage.
Knock sensor and engine mounting surface burrs, casting flash, and foreign material.
Close proximity of hoses, brackets, and engine wiring.
Loose brackets.
Loose or broken accessory drive belts, brackets, components.
An engine mechanical condition. Refer to
Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Electronic Ignition System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Circuit Testing
Wiring Repairs
Connector Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine Running
2. Verify DTC P0325, P0327 or P0328 is not set.
If the DTC is set
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC is not set
3. Verify the B68 Knock Sensor mounting bolt is properly tightened. Refer to Fastener Specifications .
If not tightened to the correct specification
Repair a necessary.
If tightened to the correct specification
4. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below display No while moving the related harnesses and connectors of the B68 Knock Sensor.
Cylinder 1 Knock Detected
Cylinder 2 Knock Detected
Cylinder 3 Knock Detected
Cylinder 4 Knock Detected
If No is not displayed
Repair the wiring harness or connectors.
If No is displayed
5. Operate the vehicle within the conditions for running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B68 Knock Sensor, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for 1 - 2 V between the low signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If less than 1 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the low signal circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the low signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 1 - 2 V
3. Test for 2 - 4 V between the high signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than 2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the high signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the high signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 4 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the high signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 2 - 4 V
4. Test or replace the B68 Knock Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Knock Sensor Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0335 OR P0336: CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0335
Crankshaft Position Sensor Circuit
DTC P0336
Crankshaft Position Sensor Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
|
P0335, P0522, |
|
P0121, P0523, |
|
|
5 V Reference |
P0557, P057C, |
P0335 |
P0558, P0651, |
P0336 |
|
|
P0651, P118C |
|
P118C |
|
|
Signal |
P0335, P0506 |
P0335, P0506 |
P0335 |
P0336 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0335, P0506 |
- |
P0336 |
Circuit/System Description
The crankshaft position sensor circuits consist of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The crankshaft position sensor is a magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of invisible magnetic segments on the edge of the crankshaft position reluctor ring mounted on the crankshaft. Each magnetic segment on the ring is spaced at a 60 segment spacing with 2 missing spaces for a reference gap. The crankshaft position sensor produces an ON/OFF DC voltage of varying frequency with 58 output pulses per crankshaft revolution. The frequency of the crankshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the crankshaft.
The crankshaft position sensor sends a digital signal which represents an image of the crankshaft position reluctor ring to the ECM as each segment on the ring rotates past the crankshaft position sensor. The ECM uses each crankshaft position signal pulse to determine crankshaft speed and decodes the crankshaft position reluctor ring reference gap to identify crankshaft position. This information is then used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM also uses crankshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft to control camshaft phasing and to detect cylinder
misfire.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0335 Condition 1
DTCs P0101, P0102 and P0103 are not set.
OR
The drive motor 1 is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses.
AND
The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.
Condition 2
The engine is running.
Condition 3
DTCs P0365 or P0366 are not set.
The engine is running.
P0336 Condition 1
DTCs P0335 is not set.
The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.
Engine speed is greater than 450 RPM.
Condition 2
The engine is running.
Condition 3
DTCs P0101, P0102, and P0103 are not set.
The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.
OR
The drive motor 1 is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses.
Condition 4
DTCs P0365 or P0366 are not set.
The engine is running.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0335 Condition 1
The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 4 s.
Condition 2
The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 0.3 s.
Condition 3
The ECM does not detect a crankshaft position sensor pulse for 2 out of 10 engine revolutions.
P0336 Condition 1
The ECM detects that 10 or more crankshaft resynchronizations have occurred within 10 s.
Condition 2
The ECM does not detect the synchronization gap on the reluctor ring for greater than 0.4 s.
Condition 3
The ECM does not detect the synchronization gap on the reluctor ring for 1.5 s after the drive motor 1 was engaged.
Condition 4
The ECM detects less than 51 or greater than 65 crankshaft position sensor pulses during 1 engine revolution for 8 out of 10 engine revolutions.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0335 and P0336 are Type B DTCs.
The camshaft position sensor is used to determine engine position.
The camshaft actuators are commanded to the parked position, if applicable.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0335 and P0336 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Electronic Ignition System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0651 is not set.
If the DTC is set
Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 .
If the DTC is not set
3. Engine Running.
4. Verify the scan tool Crankshaft Position Active Counter parameter increments.
If the counter does not increment
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the counter increments
5. Verify the scan tool Crankshaft Position Resync Counter parameter displays 0 counts and the engine does not stumble or stall while moving the related harness/connectors of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.
If greater than 0 counts and the engine stumbles or stalls
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If 0 counts and the engine does not stumble or stall
6. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
7. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
8. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If 2 Ω or less, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
5. Test for 11 - 16 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than 11 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 11 - 16 V
6. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
7. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater
Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
8. Verify DTC P0336 is not set.
If the DTC is set
NOTE: The crankshaft position reluctor ring is magnetic and may be functionally damaged if any magnetic object comes in contact with it. This type of damage is not visually detectable but will set the DTC.
1. Inspect for the conditions listed below:
Excessive play or looseness of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor or the crankshaft position reluctor ring
Improper installation of the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor
Foreign material passing between the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor and the crankshaft position reluctor ring
Damaged crankshaft position reluctor ring
Excessive air gap between the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor and the crankshaft position reluctor ring
Timing chain or belt, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage
If a condition is found
Repair or replace as necessary.
If a condition is not found
2. Replace the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.
3. Clear the DTC and test drive the vehicle.
4. Verify the DTC is not set.
If the DTC is set, replace the crankshaft position reluctor ring.
If the DTC is not set, all OK.
If the DTC is not set
9. Test or replace the B26 Crankshaft Position Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Crankshaft Position Sensor Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0340, P0341, P0365, OR P0366: INTAKE/EXHAUST CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0340
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
DTC P0341
Intake Camshaft Position Sensor Performance
DTC P0365
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Circuit
DTC P0366
Exhaust Camshaft Position Sensor Performance
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
5 V Reference |
P018C, P0192, P0452, P0522, P0532, P0641, P2227, P2228 |
P0340, P0365 |
P018D, P0193, P0453, P0523, P0641, P2227 |
- |
|
Signal |
P0340, P0365 |
P0340, P0365 |
P0340, P0365 |
P0341, P0366 |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0340, P0365 |
P0340, P0365 |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The camshaft position sensors each have 3 circuits consisting of an engine control module (ECM) supplied 5 V reference circuit, low reference circuit, and an output signal circuit. The camshaft position sensor is an internally magnetic biased digital output integrated circuit sensing device. The sensor detects magnetic flux changes of the teeth and slots of a 4-tooth reluctor wheel attached to the camshaft. As each reluctor wheel tooth rotates past the camshaft position sensor, the resulting change in the magnetic field is used by the sensor electronics to produce a digital output pulse. The sensor returns a digital ON/OFF DC voltage pulse of varying frequency with 4 varying width output pulses per camshaft revolution that represent an image of the camshaft reluctor wheel. The frequency of the camshaft position sensor output depends on the velocity of the camshaft. The ECM decodes the narrow and wide tooth pattern to identify camshaft position. This information is then
used to determine the optimum ignition and injection points of the engine. The ECM uses the cylinder 1 exhaust camshaft position sensor to determine injector and ignition system synchronization. The intake and exhaust camshaft position sensors are also used to determine camshaft to crankshaft relationship. The ECM also uses camshaft position sensor output information to determine the camshaft relative position to the crankshaft to control camshaft phasing and limp-home operation.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0340 or P0365 Condition 1
DTCs P0101, P0102, and P0103 are not set.
The airflow into the engine is greater than 1.5 g/s.
OR
The starter is engaged and the engine control module detects camshaft position sensor pulses.
Condition 2
The engine is running.
The starter is not engaged.
Condition 3
DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.
The crankshaft is synchronized.
The starter is engaged.
Condition 4
DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.
The crankshaft is synchronized.
P0341 or P0366 Condition 1
DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.
The crankshaft is synchronized.
The starter is engaged.
Condition 2
DTC P0335, P0336, P0641, or P0651 are not set.
The crankshaft is synchronized.
The DTCs run continuously once the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0340 or P0365 Condition 1
The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 5.5 s.
OR
The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 4 s since the time the starter has been engaged.
Condition 2
The ECM detects less than 4 camshaft position sensor pulse for greater than 3 s.
Condition 3
The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse during the first 2 engine revolutions.
Condition 4
The ECM does not detect a camshaft position sensor pulse during 200 engine revolutions.
P0341 or P0366 Condition 1
The ECM detects less than 4 camshaft position sensor pulses during 2 engine revolutions.
OR
The ECM detects greater than 6 camshaft position sensor pulses during 2 engine revolutions.
Contion 2
The ECM detects less than 398 or greater than 402 camshaft position sensor pulses during 200 engine revolutions.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0340, P0341, P0365, and P0366 are Type B DTCs.
The camshaft position actuator is commanded to the Home or Parked position.
The ignition system defaults to a failed camshaft position sensor limp home mode.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
DTCs P0340, P0341, P0365, and P0366 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
With a DTC set, the engine may crank for an extended period of time at start-up
The exhaust camshaft position sensor is used for injector and ignition system synchronization. A stalling condition will occur if the camshaft position sensor signal is intermittent and a DTC may not set. Inspect all camshaft position sensor circuits for poor connections.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Electronic Ignition System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0641 or P0651 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Refer to DTC P0641, P0651, P0697, P06A3, or P06D2 .
If none of the DTCs are set
3. Engine Running.
4. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below increment:
Exhaust Camshaft Position Active Counter
Intake Camshaft Position Active Counter
If any counter does not increment
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If all counters increment
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the appropriate B23 Camshaft Position Sensor. It may take up to 2 minutes for all vehicle systems to power down.
2. Test for less than 5 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 5 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If 2 Ω or less, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 5 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the 5 V reference circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the 5 V reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the 5 V reference circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
5. Test for 4.8 - 5.2 V between the signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If less than 4.8 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If greater than 5.2 V
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If between 4.8 - 5.2 V
6. Verify DTC P0341 or P0366 is not set.
If any of the DTCs are set
Inspect for the conditions listed below:
Excessive play or looseness of the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor or the reluctor wheel
Improper installation of the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor
Foreign material passing between the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor and the reluctor wheel
Damaged reluctor wheel
Excessive air gap between the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor and the reluctor wheel
Engine oil for debris
Timing chain or belt, tensioner, and sprockets for wear or damage
If any of the conditions above are found, repair as necessary.
If all components test normal, test or replace the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor.
If none of the DTCs are set
7. Test or replace the B23 Camshaft Position Sensor.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Exhaust
Camshaft Position Sensor Replacement - Intake
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0351-P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, OR P2310: IGNITION COIL CONTROL CIRCUIT
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0351
Ignition Coil 1 Control Circuit
DTC P0352
Ignition Coil 2 Control Circuit
DTC P0353
Ignition Coil 3 Control Circuit
DTC P0354
Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit
DTC P2300
Ignition Coil 1 Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2301
Ignition Coil 1 Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2303
Ignition Coil 2 Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2304
Ignition Coil 2 Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2306
Ignition Coil 3 Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2307
Ignition Coil 3 Control Circuit High Voltage
DTC P2309
Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P2310
Ignition Coil 4 Control Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Ignition Coil 1 Control |
P0300, P2300 |
P0300, P0351 |
P0300, P2301 |
P0300, P0351 |
|
Ignition Coil 2 Control |
P0300, P2303 |
P0300, P0352 |
P0300, P2304 |
P0300, P0352 |
|
Ignition Coil 3 Control |
P0300, P2306 |
P0300, P0353 |
P0300, P2307 |
P0300, P0353 |
|
Ignition Coil 4 Control |
P0300, P2309 |
P0300, P0354 |
P0300, P2310 |
P0300, P0354 |
Circuit/System Description
The ignition system on this engine uses an individual coil for each cylinder. The engine control module (ECM) controls the spark event for each cylinder through a dedicated ignition control circuit to each coil. When the ECM commands the ignition control circuit ON, electrical current will flow through the primary winding of the ignition coil, creating a magnetic field. When a spark event is requested, the ECM will command the ignition control circuit OFF, interrupting current flow through the primary winding. The magnetic field created by the primary winding will collapse across the secondary coil windings, producing a high voltage across the spark plug electrodes. The ECM uses information from the crankshaft position sensor, and the camshaft position sensor for sequencing and timing of the spark events. The ECM monitors each ignition control circuit for improper voltage levels.
Conditions for Running the DTC
The engine is cranking or running.
Ignition voltage greater than 11 V.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, and P2310 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
DTCs P0351, P0352, P0353, P0354, P2300, P2301, P2303, P2304, P2306, P2307, P2309, and P2310 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Description and Operation
Electronic Ignition System Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information Special Tools
EL 26792 HEI Spark Tester
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine Running.
2. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction:
Ignition Coil 1 - 4 Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
Ignition Coil 1 - 4 Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
Ignition Coil 1 - 4 Control Circuit Open Test Status
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTCs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down before an
accurate ground or low reference circuit continuity test can be performed.
1. Ignition/Vehicle & All vehicle systems - Off
2. Disconnect the appropriate electrical connector:T8 Ignition Coil
3. Test for less than 10 ohms between the test points: Ground circuit terminal 1/A & Ground
If 10 ohms or greater
1. Disconnect the ground connection:Ground terminal
2. Test for less than 2 ohms between the test points: Ground circuit terminal 1/ A @Component harness & The other end of the circuit
If 2 ohms or greater - Repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 ohms - Repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.
If less than 10 ohms
4. Engine - Running
5. Verify the appropriate scan tool Ignition Coil Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status does not display Malfunction.
If Malfunction is displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the control circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is not displayed
6. Verify the appropriate scan tool Ignition Coil Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status does not display Malfunction.
If Malfunction is displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage in the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is not displayed
7. Vehicle OFF, install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal 3 or C and ground, engine Running.
8. Verify the appropriate scan tool Ignition Coil Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status displays Malfunction.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the fused jumper, and disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
9. Test or replace the T8 Ignition Coil.
Component Test
NOTE: You must perform the Circuit/System Testing before proceeding with Component Testing.
1. Vehicle OFF, connect the EL 26792 HEI spark tester to the appropriate T8 Ignition Coil.
2. Engine Running.
3. Verify the spark output of the T8 Ignition Coil.
If no output or the output is weak
Replace the T8 Ignition Coil.
If the output is normal
4. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Ignition Coil Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0401: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) FLOW INSUFFICIENT
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0401
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Flow Insufficient
Circuit/System Description
The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P010B, P010C, P010D, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118,
P0121, P0178, P0179, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0205, P0206, P0207, P0208, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0273, P0274, P0276, P0277, P0279, P0280, P0282, P0283, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0335, P0336, P0403, P0404, P0405, P0406, P042E, P0489, P0490, P0502, P0503, P0506, P0507, P0604, P0641, P0651, P0722, P0723, P1104, P1248, P1249, P124A, P124B, P124C, P124D, P124E, P124F, P1258, P1426, P1437, P2100, P2101, P2102, P2103, P2147, P2148, P2150, P2151, P2153, P2154, P2156, P2157, P216B, P216C, P216E, P216F, P217B, P217C, P217E, P217F, or P2269 is not set.
Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
Barometric pressure (BARO) is greater than 70 kPa (10 PSI).
Decel fuel cut-off state does not change for 250 ms.
Mass air pressure (MAP) change is less than 1 kPa (0.15 PSI).
MAP is between 20 - 50 kPa (3 - 7 PSI).
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met for 7 s.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0401
The ECM detects the EGR flow is below a calibrated amount when the EGR is commanded ON.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets DTCs P0401, is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the DTC DTCs P0401 is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids
A stuck EGR valve or a restriction anywhere in the exhaust gas recirculation system due to excessive coking or debris may cause this DTC to set.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify no other DTCs are set.
If any other DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
If no other DTCs are set
3. Verify none of the conditions listed below exist:
Restrictions in the EGR cooler, valve, pipes, passages, and intake manifold inlet
Binding, damaged or restricted EGR valve or pipes.
Exhaust system leaks.
Exhaust system restrictions.
Wet or restricted air filter.
Loose or improperly connected hoses.
Damaged or missing components.
If any of the above conditions exists
Clean the components as necessary.orRepair or replace the components as necessary.
If none of the conditions exist
4. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
5. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Repair or replace the components as necessary. - Exhaust Gas Recirculation CoolerorExhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Inlet PipeorExhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Outlet Pipe
If the DTC does not set
6. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Replacement
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Outlet Pipe Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming and setup.
DTC P0403, P0489, OR P0490: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) CONTROL
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0403
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit
DTC P0489
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0490
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Control Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Motor Ignition |
P0403, P0489 |
P0403, P0489 |
- |
- |
|
Motor Ground |
- |
P0403 |
- |
- |
|
Input Signal |
P0403, P0489 |
P0403, P0489, P046C |
P0404, P0490 |
P0404, P042E |
|
Output Signal |
P0406 |
P0405 |
P0405 |
P0404, P042E |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0405 |
- |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P0403, P0489, or P0490
The engine is cranking or running.
The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
The EGR control circuit is complete.
The EGR is commanded on.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0403, P0489
The ECM detects an open circuit of the EGR valve between the signal and controller ground, an open circuit in the motor ignition circuit, or a signal short to ground condition for greater than 30 s.
P0490
The ECM detects a short to voltage condition of the EGR valve signal circuit for greater than 30 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0403, P0489, and P0490 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0403, P0489, and P0490 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below display OK:
EGR Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
EGR Control Circuit Open Voltage Test Status
EGR Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
If not OK
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If OK
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTCs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing
If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.
2. Test for less than 10 Ω between the motor ground circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 10 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the motor ground circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, repair the open/high resistance in the ground connection.
If less than 10 Ω
3. Vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the motor ignition circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the motor ignition circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.
NOTE: A short circuit in any component supplied by the fuse may cause the fuse to open and set a DTC when the component is activated.
2. Disconnect all components on the fused circuit.
3. Test for infinite resistance between the motor ignition circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components supplied by the fuse and replace as necessary.
If the test lamp illuminates
5. Vehicle OFF, and all vehicle systems OFF. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
6. Test for less than 10 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 5 and ground.
If 10 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 10 Ω
7. Vehicle in Service Mode.
8. Test for greater than 1 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Ground
If less than 1 V
1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.
2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 3 & Ground
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 1 V
9. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
10. Test for less than 1 V between the input signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater
Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
11. Vehicle OFF, connect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
12. Test for greater than 11 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 4 & Ground
If less than 11 V
1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.
2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Test for infinite resistance between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 4 & Ground
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 1 V
13. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
14. Test for less than 1 V between the output signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater,
repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
15. Test or replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming and setup
DTC P0404 OR P042E: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION OPEN/CLOSED POSITION PERFORMANCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0404
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Open Position Performance
DTC P042E
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Closed Position Performance
Circuit/System Description
The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTCs P0401, P0403, P0405, P0406, P0489, or P0490 are not set
The battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
The engine is running
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0404
The ECM detects the desired position of the EGR valve compared to the actual position value is too large for greater than 12 s.
P042E
The ECM detects the EGR valve is stuck open when commanded closed for greater than 1 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTC P0404 and P042E are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTC P0404 and P042E are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTC P0401, P0403, P0489, P0490, or P0641 is not set
If the DTC is set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If the DTC is not set
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify DTC P0404 or P042E does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Verify that the conditions listed below are not present at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve:
Stuck Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve
Any coking, soot build up, debris or damage that can cause the EGR valve to stick partially open or closed
If a condition is present
Repair as necessary
If no condition is present
2. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve, vehicle in Service Mode.
3. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the input signal circuit terminal 3 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.
2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the input signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Test for infinite resistance between the input signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module
If the test lamp illuminates
4. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service
Mode.
5. Test for less than 1 V between the input signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater
Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
6. Vehicle OFF, connect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
7. Verify a test lamp illuminates between the output signal circuit terminal 4 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.
2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Test for infinite resistance between the output signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module
If the test lamp illuminates
8. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
9. Test for less than 1 V between the output signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater
Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
10. Replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement
Control Module References
for engine control module replacement, programming, and setup.
DTC P0405 OR P0406: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) POSITION SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0405
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0406
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Position Sensor Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Input Signal |
P0403, P0489 |
P0403, P0489, P046C |
P0404, P0490 |
P0404, P042E |
|
Output Signal |
P0406 |
P0405 |
P0405 |
P0404, P042E |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P0405 |
- |
- |
Circuit/System Description
The ECM uses the exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) position sensor to determine the position of the EGR valve. The engine control module (ECM) sends a pulse width modulated voltage signal to the EGR input signal circuit. The ECM provides a voltage return path for the sensor through the low reference circuit. A pulse width modulated signal, based on the EGR valve position, is sent from the sensor to the ECM through the EGR output signal circuit. The ECM compares the actual EGR position with the desired EGR position when the EGR valve is commanded open or closed.
Conditions for Running the DTC
The engine is running for greater than 12 s.
Battery voltage is greater than 11 V.
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0405
The EGR valve position sensor output signal circuit is open or shorted to voltage, or the low reference circuit is open.
P0406
The EGR valve position sensor output signal circuit is shorted to ground.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0405 and P0406 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0405 and P0406 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify DTCs P0401, P0403, P0489, P0490, or P0641 is not set.
If a DTC sets
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If a DTC does not set
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTCs. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify a DTC does not set.
If a DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing
If a DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for greater than 4 V between the test points:Signal circuit terminal 4 & Ground
If less than 11 V
1. Vehicle Off and all vehicle systems Off.
2. Disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
3. Test for less than 2 Ω in the output signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω
4. Test for infinite resistance between the output signal circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module
If greater than 11 V
3. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
4. Test for less than 1 V between the output signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater
Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
5. Test or replace the Q14 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Replacement
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming and setup.
DTC P040B-P040E OR P041B-P041E: EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION (EGR) TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provide an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P040B
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Performance
DTC P040C
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P040D
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit High Voltage
DTC P040E
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 2 Circuit Intermittent
DTC P041B
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Performance
DTC P041C
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P041D
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit High Voltage
DTC P041E
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Temperature Sensor 1 Circuit Intermittent
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
Signal Performance |
|
Supply Voltage |
P040C, P041C |
P040D, P041D |
P040D, P041D, * |
P040B, P041B |
|
Low Reference |
- |
P040D, P041D |
- |
P040B, P041B |
|
* Internal ECM or Sensor damage may occur if the circuit is shorted to B+ |
||||
Typical Scan Tool Data
EGR Temperature Sensor 1 or 2
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Operating Conditions: Ignition ON, engine OFF Parameter Normal Range: Varies depending on current ambient temperature and the vehicle operating conditions |
|||
|
Supply Voltage |
200°C (392°F) |
200°C (392°F) |
200°C (392°F) |
|
Low Reference |
- |
200°C (392°F) |
200°C (392°F) |
Circuit/System Description
The exhaust gas recirculation (EGR) temperature sensors are variable resistors that measure the temperature of the exhaust gas. The engine control module (ECM) supplies 5 volts to the EGR temperature sensor signal circuit and a ground for the low reference circuit. When the EGR temperature sensor is cold, the sensor resistance is high. When the EGR temperature increases, the sensor resistance decreases. With high sensor resistance, the ECM detects a higher voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit. With lower sensor resistance, the ECM detects a lower voltage on the EGR temperature signal circuit.
Conditions for Running the DTC
P040B and P041B
DTC P262B is not set
System voltage is greater than 11 V
Engine OFF for greater than 8 h
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
P040C, P040D, P040E, P041C, P041D, and P041E
System voltage is greater than 11 V
The engine is cranking or running
The EGR temperature sensor is commanded ON
The DTCs run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P040B and P041B
The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor has not changed greater than a calibrated amount for greater than a calibrated amount of time following a cold start
Above conditions must be met for 10 s
P040C and P0141C
The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor resistance is less than 100 Ω
Above conditions must be met for 7 s
P040D and P0141D
The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor resistance is greater than 1, 400 Ω
Above conditions must be met for 7 s
P040Eand P0141E
The ECM detects that the EGR temperature sensor resistance change is greater than 10 Ω
Above conditions must be met for 3 s
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P040B, P040C, P040D, P040E, P041B, P041C, P041D, and P041E are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P040B, P040C, P040D, P040E, P041B, P041C, P041D, and P041E are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the EGR temperature sensor terminals for corrosion.
If the EGR temperature sensor signal circuit is shorted to a separate 5-volt source, the DTC will set.
If the engine has cooled for at least 8 hrs, the scan tool EGR Temperature Sensor and the Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor values should display within 3°C (5°F).
EGR cooler temperature sensors may fail while operating under extreme temperatures. Review the Freeze Frame/Failure Records to verify the failure criteria.
With a fault present, the sensor reads a software defaulted value of 200°C (392°F) and does not change with an expected temperature increase or decrease.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Engine Running.
2. Verify the scan tool EGR Cooler Temperature Sensor parameter is between -39° to +999°C (-38° to
+1, 830°F) and changes with engine run time.
If not within the specified range or does not change
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If within the specified range and changes
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC to verify the DTC does not set. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
4. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
5. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle Off, exchange the suspect harness connector at the B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor with the known functioning Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor, Ignition - On / Vehicle - In Service Mode
2. Verify the DTC related to the known functioning Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor does not set.
If the DTC sets
Test or replace the B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor
If the DTC does not set
3. Vehicle Off, and all vehicle systems Off. Install original harness connector to the known functioning B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensor. It may take up to 2 min for all vehicle systems to power down.
4. Leave the harness connector at the appropriate B130 Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature Sensors disconnected.
5. Test for less than 10 Ω between the low reference circuit terminal 2 and ground.
If 10 Ω or greater
1. Vehicle Off, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the low reference circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If less than 10 Ω
6. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
7. Test for less than 1 V between the signal circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater
Repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V
8. Test for infinite resistance between the signal circuit terminal 1 and ground.
If less than infinite resistance
Repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance
9. Test for less than 2 Ω in the signal circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 1
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Cooler Temperature Sensor Replacement - Position 2
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming, and setup
DTC P0420: CATALYST SYSTEM LOW EFFICIENCY
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptor
DTC P0420
Catalyst System Low Efficiency
Circuit/System Description
A 3-way catalyst controls emissions of hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide (CO) and nitrogen oxide (NOx). The catalyst within the converter promotes a chemical reaction, which oxidizes the hydrocarbons and the CO that are present in the exhaust gas. This process converts the hydrocarbons and the CO into water vapor and carbon dioxide (CO2), and reduces the NOx, converting the NOx into nitrogen. The catalyst also stores oxygen. The engine control module (ECM) monitors this process by using heated oxygen sensors (HO2S) that are in the exhaust stream before and after the 3- way catalyst. The HO2S produces an output signal that the ECM uses to calculate the oxygen storage capacity of the catalyst. This indicates the ability of the catalyst to convert the exhaust emissions efficiently. The ECM monitors the efficiency of the catalyst by monitoring the HO2S during an off-idle, decel fuel cut off (DFCO) event. When the catalyst is functioning properly, the post catalyst HO2S response to the fuel conditions during the DFCO event is slow compared to the response of the pre catalyst HO2S. When the post HO2S response is near that of the pre HO2S, the oxygen storage capability and efficiency of the catalyst may be degraded below an acceptable threshold.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTC P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0037, P0038, P0053, P0054, P0068, P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P0131, P0132, P0133, P0135, P0137, P0138, P0141, P0171, P0172, P0201, P0202, P0203, P0204, P0222, P0223, P0261, P0262, P0264, P0265, P0267, P0268, P0270, P0271, P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P16F3, P2101, P2135,
P2270, or P2271 is not set.
Ignition voltage is between 10 - 32 V.
HO2S heater resistance is learned.
Accelerator pedal position is no more than 3%.
Mass air flow (MAF) is between 2 - 20 g/s.
Fuel level is greater than 10%.
Fuel system is in closed loop.
Evaporative emissions (EVAP) diagnostics are not in control of purge.
Predicted catalyst temperature is between 550 - 910°C (1, 022 - 1, 670°F).
HO2S heater is commanded On for greater than 60 s.
Engine speed is between 1, 900 - 3, 500 RPM to initially enable the test.
Engine speed is between 1, 850 - 3, 650 RPM to keep the test enabled.
Vehicle speed is between 66 - 125 km/h (41 - 78 mph) to initially enable the test.
Vehicle speed is between 58 - 128 km/h (36 - 80 mph) to keep the test enabled.
Engine is operating in decel fuel cut off (DFCO).
This diagnostic attempts one test during each valid decel fuel cut off period once the above conditions have been met. This diagnostic attempts up to 3 tests during each drive cycle.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM has detected that the catalyst efficiency has degraded below a calibrated threshold.
Action Taken When The DTC Sets DTC P0420 is a Type A DTC. Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC DTC P0420 is a Type A DTC. Diagnostic Aids
Inspect for the conditions listed below, which may cause a catalyst to degrade:
Engine misfire
High engine oil or high coolant consumption
Retarded spark timing
Weak or poor spark
Lean fuel mixture
Rich fuel mixture
Damaged oxygen sensor or wiring harness
Reference Information
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
Heated Oxygen Sensor Wiring Repairs
DTC Types Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify there are no other DTCs set.
If other DTCs are set
Refer to Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle .
If no other DTCs are set
3. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.
4. Verify the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Not At Idle Test Conditions Met parameter changes to Yes.
If Yes is not displayed
Refer to step 3.
If Yes is displayed
5. When the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear if equipped with automatic transmission or neutral if equipped with manual transmission.
6. Verify the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter displays Passed when performing the steps listed below:
1. Apply the service brake.
2. Monitor the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the Catalyst Monitor Test is running.
NOTE: When the test has completed, the Catalyst Monitor Test Counter parameter will increment by one and the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Result.
3. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the Catalyst Monitor Test has completed.
If No Result is displayed
Repeat steps 3 - 6 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed
If Failed is displayed
Refer to Circuit /System Testing
If Passed is displayed
7. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the catalytic converter:
Dents
Severe discoloration caused by excessive temperatures
Road damage
Internal rattles caused by damaged catalyst substrate
Restrictions
If a condition is found
Replace the catalytic converter.
If no condition is found
2. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the exhaust system:
Leaks
Physical damage
Loose or missing hardware
If a condition is found
Repair or replace the component as necessary.
If no condition is found
3. Verify the conditions listed below do not exist with the B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2:
Incorrect torque
Damage
If a condition is found
Replace the B52B Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 or repair the condition as necessary.
If no condition is found
4. Replace the catalytic converter.
Repair Instructions
Three-Way Catalytic Converter Replacement
Exhaust Leakage
Heated Oxygen Sensor Replacement - Sensor 2
Perform the HO2S Heater Learn procedure with a scan tool after replacing a heated oxygen sensor.
Restricted Exhaust
Repair Verification
1. Install any components that have been removed or replaced during diagnosis.
2. Perform any adjustments, programming or setup procedures that are required when a component is removed or replaced.
3. Clear the DTCs with a scan tool.
4. Turn Off the ignition for 60 s
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC.
6. Verify the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Not At Idle Test Conditions Met parameter changes to Yes.
If Yes is not displayed
Refer to step 5.
If Yes is displayed
7. When the conditions are safe, stop and idle the vehicle in gear if equipped with automatic transmission or neutral if equipped with manual transmission.
8. Verify the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter displays Passed when performing the steps listed below:
1. Apply the service brake.
2. Monitor the scan tool Catalyst Monitor Test State parameter. When the parameter indicates Active, the Catalyst Monitor Test is running.
NOTE: When the test has completed, the Catalyst Monitor Test Counter parameter will increment by one and the Catalyst Monitor Test Result parameter will indicate Passed, Failed or No Result.
3. Continue to monitor the parameter. When the parameter indicates Inactive, the Catalyst Monitor Test has completed.
If No Result is displayed
Repeat steps 5 - 8 until the Test Result parameter indicates Passed or Failed
If Failed is displayed
Refer to Circuit /System Testing
If Passed is displayed
9. All OK.
DTC P043E, P043F, OR P145F: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM REFERENCE
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P043E
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Flow Insufficient
DTC P043F
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Flow Excessive
DTC P145F
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Reference Orifice Performance
Circuit/System Description
The evaporative emission (EVAP) system uses a EVAP leak detection pump to test for system leaks. The EVAP leak detection pump assembly consists of the following components:
EVAP leak detection pump with reference orifice
EVAP leak detection pump switching valve
EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor
The engine control module (ECM) monitors the pressure across the reference orifice with the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor. When all conditions are met, the ECM commands the vacuum pump ON and monitors the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor. If the ECM detects the pressure is too low, too high, or not stabilized, a DTC sets.
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTCs P0101, P0102, P0103, P0106, P0107, P0108, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0116, P0117, P0118, P0119, P0121, P0122, P0123, P0128, P012B, P012C, P012D, P0222, P0223, P0449, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0498, P0499, P0502, P0503, P06E4, P0722, P0723, P1221, P1458, P1459, P145A, P145C, P145D, P145E, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P2537, P2610, U0073, U0074, U0140, or U182D is not set.
The vehicle is OFF.
The propulsion system is not active.
The refueling request button is not pressed
A service bay test is not active
The purge valve is closed
The vent solenoid valve is closed
The EVAP Leak Detection Pump switching valve is in the vent position
The EVAP Leak Detection Pump vacuum pump is ON
The odometer is greater than 16 km (10 mi)
The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI)
The fuel level is between 10 - 90%
The engine coolant temperature is less than 40°C (104°F)
The intake air temperature is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F)
The system voltage is greater than 10 V
The vehicle speed less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH)
There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point, and through this time period, the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 h.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P043E
The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is greater than 4 kPa (0.58 PSI) after 6 min.
OR
The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is greater than 4.5 kPa (0.65 PSI) after 30 s.
P043F
The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is less than 1.18 kPa (0.17 PSI) after 6 min.
OR
The ECM detects the EVAP leak detection pump pressure is less than 1.18 kPa (0.17 PSI) after 30 s.
P145F
The ECM detects the difference between the first and second EVAP leak detection pump pressure measurement is greater than 0.51 kPa (0.073 PSI).
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P043E, P043F and P145F are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P043E, P043F and P145F are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the tube and clamps from the EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid for damage. A damage/open tube may allow debris to enter the pump and plug the reference orifice.
Remove the EVAP leak detection pump and look inside the pump opening for any debris that could restrict or plug the reference orifice. The reference orifice is a small opening at the 2 o'clock position in the pump vacuum opening. Inspect for missing or damage O-rings.
With the fresh air tube removed from the EVAP leak detection pump assembly, blow controlled air, 5 - 10 PSI, into this tube. There should be air escaping from behind the fuel fill pocket indicating this tube and filter are not restricted.
A switching valve stuck in the pump position can cause insufficient flow.
This part is not serviceable. It is very important that no debris be found in the pump fresh air inlet or vacuum openings, the tube between the vent solenoid valve and EVAP leak detection pump assembly as this could cause a P043E to set.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Powertrain Component View
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Evaporative Emission Control System Description
Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode, verify the scan tool EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading is within the range specified in the Altitude Versus Barometric Pressure table.
2. Record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading.
3. Command the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Command ON with the scan tool and monitor the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure.
4. After 6 min record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading. The reading should be 1.18 - 4 kPa (0.17-0.58 PSI) less than the initial reading from step 2.
5. Continue monitoring for an additional 5-10 min and then record the EVAP Leak Detection Pump Pressure sensor reading.
6. The reading should be 1.18 - 4.5 kPa (0.17-0.58 PSI) less than the initial reading from step 2, and the difference between the step 4 and step 5 readings less than 0.51 kpa (.07 PSI)
7. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within
the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE: The reference orifice is a small opening at the 2 o'clock position in the pump vacuum opening.
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.
2. Inspect the reference orifice within the pump for a restriction/blockage. There should be no restriction.
If the reference orifice is restricted
Inspect and repair any of the conditions listed below:
The EVAP leak detection pump to the vent solenoid tube and clamps for damage
A missing or damage EVAP leak detection pump O-rings
The fresh air tube near the fuel fill pocket for a restriction
The fresh air tube for a restriction
If all components test normal
Replace the Q63 Evaporative Emission System Leak Detection Pump Assembly.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming and setup
Evaporative Emission System Vacuum Leak Detection Pump Replacement
DTC P0442 OR P0455: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) SYSTEM
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0442
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Small Leak Detected
DTC P0455
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Large Leak Detected
Circuit/System Description
This DTC tests the evaporative emission (EVAP) system for a small and large leak when the Vehicle is turned OFF and the correct conditions are met. The propulsion system needs to be OFF for several hours before the
small and large leak tests run. The EVAP leak detection pump creates a vacuum across a 0.51 mm (0.020 in) reference orifice. This reference vacuum is then compared to the vacuum level created in the fuel tank to determine if a leak exists
The following table illustrates the relationship between the ON and OFF states, and the OPEN or CLOSED states of the EVAP components:
|
Engine Control Module Command |
EVAP Canister Purge Solenoid Valve |
EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve |
Vacuum Pump |
Switch Valve |
|
ON |
Open |
Open/Venting |
Pump Runs |
Pump Position/Not Venting |
|
OFF |
Closed |
Closed/Not Venting |
Pump OFF |
Vent Position |
Conditions for Running the DTC
DTCs P043E, P043F, P06E4, P0111, P0112, P0113, P0114, P0117, P0118, P0116, P0119, P0128, P0449, P0498, P0499, P1458, P145A, P145C, P145D, P145E, P145F, P0451, P0452, P0453, P0461, P0462, P0463, P0502, P0503, P0722, P0723, P1459, P2066, P2067, P2068, P2400, P2401, P2402, P2418, P2419, P2420, P2421, P2422, P2450, P2537, P2610, U0140, U182D, U0073, U0074, is not set.
The barometric pressure (BARO) is between 70 - 110 kPa (10 - 16 PSI).
The fuel level is between 10 - 90%.
The ECT is less than 40°C (104°F).
The IAT is between 4 - 45°C (39 - 113°F).
The system voltage is greater than 10 V.
Vehicle speed less than 1.6 km/h (1 MPH).
A refueling event needs to be detected prior to running this test - P0455 only.
There are three possible time windows for this test to run. Up to that point and through this time period the propulsion system must not be active. These time windows are: 5.0, 7.0 or 9.5 hours.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
P0442
DTC P0442 sets when the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor (gauge) vacuum reading is less than the
0.51 mm (0.020 in) reference orifice vacuum measurement plus a calibrated value for greater than 6 min.
P0455
DTC P0455 sets after a refueling event has been detected and the small/large leak diagnostics have not passed. If the EVAP leak detection pump pressure sensor (gauge) vacuum reading is less than the 0.51 mm (0.020 in) reference orifice vacuum measurement and times a calibrated value for greater than 6 min.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0442 and P0455 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0442 and P0455 are Type B DTCs.
Diagnostic Aids
The EVAP system can be filled with smoke more quickly and completely by injecting smoke at the purge tube and commanding the vent solenoid valve open. For example, when injecting smoke at the purge tube, remove the filler cap or temporarily leave the vent solenoid valve open until smoke is observed.
Close the system and continue testing. If using a fuel cap adapter at the filler neck, disconnect the purge tube at the EVAP purge solenoid valve until smoke is observed.
To help locate intermittent leaks using the GE 41413-A move all EVAP components while observing smoke with the GE 41413-SPT .
To improve the visibility of the smoke exiting the EVAP system, observe the suspected leak area from different angles with a high intensity white light.
If a small leak is difficult to find, it may be necessary to remove the EVAP components and test them one at a time using the adapters in the
GE 41413-300
.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Powertrain Component View
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Evaporative Emission Control System Description
Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Special Tools
CH 48096
EVAP Service Access Port Tool
GE 41413-300
EVAP Cap And Plug Kit
GE 41413-A
Evaporative Emissions System Tester
GE 41413-SPT
High Intensity White Light
J 41415-30
Fuel Tank Cap Adapter
J 41413-311
EVAP Plug (Brass Nozzle)
For equivalent regional tools, refer to Special Tools (Diagnostic Tools) Special Tools (Repair Tools) .
Circuit/System Verification
WARNING: Refer to Fuel and Evaporative Emission Pipe Warning . CAUTION: Refer to Clean, Dry, Low Pressure Gas Source Caution .
1. Verify the following conditions do not exist in the EVAP system:
Loose, incorrect, missing, or damaged fuel fill cap
A damaged EVAP purge solenoid
Disconnected, incorrectly routed, kinked, or damaged EVAP pipes and hoses
A damaged EVAP vent valve or EVAP canister
If you find any of the above conditions
Repair as necessary
If none of the above are found
2. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
3. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
4. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
NOTE:
The fuel sender may need to be accessed to inspect some of the EVAP system components.
Larger volume fuel tanks and/or those with lower fuel levels may require several minutes for the floating indicator to stabilize.
Introduce smoke at 15 s intervals while testing the system.
Ensure that the vehicle underbody temperature is similar to the ambient
temperature and allow the surrounding air to stabilize before starting the diagnostic procedure. The system flow will be less with higher temperatures.
Refer to the GE 41413-A operation manual for detailed instructions in Evaporative Emission Control System Diagnosis.
1. Disconnect the purge tube at the quick connector on the EVAP canister side of the purge solenoid valve and install the CH 48096 .
2. Connect the GE 41413-A to the CH 48096 .
3. Vehicle in Service Mode
4. Verify that there is no leak in the EVAP system using the flow meter on the GE 41413-A , calibrated to
0.51 mm (0.020 in).
If a leak is detected
1. Apply smoke to the EVAP system at the service access port adapter with the GE 41413-A .
2. Locate the leak using the GE 41413-SPT .
When the leak is located, repair or replace the affected component as necessary.
If no leak detected
NOTE: The steps below test for a restriction in the purge path.
5. Connect the GE 41413-A nitrogen/smoke hose to the J 41413-311 .
6. Disconnect the hose at the fuel cap end of the GE 41415-30 and connect to the J 41413-311 .
7. Install the GE 41415-30 , filler neck end only, to the vehicle.
8. Vehicle in Service Mode
9. Command the EVAP Test ON with a scan tool.
10. Verify the vacuum/pressure gauge on the GE 41413-A and the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter both show vacuum.
If the vacuum/pressure gauge shows vacuum but the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter does not show vacuum
Replace the B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor.
If both do not show vacuum
Repair the restriction in the purge path.
If both show vacuum
11. Verify that the Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor parameter increases to greater than 3.2 V, and the pressure values are similar between the scan tool Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor and the vacuum/pressure gauge on the GE 41413-A .
If not within the specified range
Replace the B150 Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor.
If within the specified range
12. All OK
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Evaporative Emission Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Replacement
Evaporative Emission Canister Replacement
Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Replacement
DTC P0443, P0458, OR P0459: EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL
Diagnostic Instructions
Perform the
Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
prior to using this diagnostic procedure.
Review Strategy Based Diagnosis
for an overview of the diagnostic approach.
Diagnostic Procedure Instructions
provides an overview of each diagnostic category.
DTC Descriptors
DTC P0443
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit
DTC P0458
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage
DTC P0459
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage
Diagnostic Fault Information
|
Circuit |
Short to Ground |
Open/High Resistance |
Short to Voltage |
|
Ignition |
P0030, P0036, P0102, P0135, P0138, P0141, P0443, P0458, P0598 |
P0030, P0036, P0102, P0135, P0138, P0141, P0443, P0458, P0598 |
- |
|
Control |
P0458 |
P0443 |
P0459 |
Circuit/System Description
The evaporative emission (EVAP) purge solenoid valve is used to purge fuel vapor from the EVAP canister to the intake manifold. The EVAP purge solenoid valve is pulse width modulated (PWM). Ignition voltage is supplied directly to the EVAP purge solenoid valve. The engine control module (ECM) controls the solenoid by grounding the control circuit with a solid state device called a driver. The driver is equipped with a feedback
circuit that is pulled-up to a voltage. The ECM can determine if the control circuit is open, shorted to ground, or shorted to a voltage by monitoring the feedback voltage.
Conditions for Running the DTC
The vehicle is ON.
The powertrain relay voltage is greater than 11 V.
DTCs P0443, P0458 and P0459 run continuously when the above conditions are met.
Conditions for Setting the DTC
The ECM detects that the commanded state of the driver and the actual state of the control circuit do not match for a minimum of 5 s.
Action Taken When the DTC Sets
DTCs P0443, P0458 and P0459 are Type B DTCs.
Conditions for Clearing the DTC
DTCs P0443, P0458 and P0459 are Type B DTCs.
Reference Information
Schematic Reference
Engine Controls Schematics
Connector End View Reference
COMPONENT CONNECTOR END VIEWS - INDEX
Powertrain Component View
Powertrain Component Views
Description and Operation
Evaporative Emission Control System Description
Hybrid Modes of Operation Description
Electrical Information Reference
Circuit Testing
Connector Repairs
Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
Wiring Repairs
DTC Type Reference
Powertrain Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
Scan Tool Reference
Control Module References for scan tool information
Circuit/System Verification
1. Vehicle in Service Mode, command the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50% with a scan tool. You should hear the solenoid clicking.
No clicking heard
Refer to Circuit/ System testing
Clicking heard
2. Engine running, command the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve from 0% to 50% and back to 0% with a scan tool.
3. Verify the scan tool parameters listed below do not display Malfunction.
EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status
EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Open Test Status
EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit Low Voltage Test Status
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
4. Verify the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit parameters above do not display Malfunction when moving the related harnesses and connectors of the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.
If Malfunction is displayed
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If Malfunction is not displayed
5. Operate the vehicle within the Conditions for Running the DTC. You may also operate the vehicle within the conditions that you observed from the Freeze Frame/Failure Records data.
6. Verify the DTC does not set.
If the DTC sets
Refer to Circuit/System Testing.
If the DTC does not set
7. All OK.
Circuit/System Testing
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve,
vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Verify that a test lamp illuminates between the ignition voltage circuit terminal B or 1 and ground.
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is good
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the ignition circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω, verify the fuse is not open and there is voltage at the fuse
If the test lamp does not illuminate and the circuit fuse is open
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the ignition circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, test all components connected to the ignition voltage circuit for a short and replace as necessary.
If the test lamp illuminates
3. Verify that a test lamp does not illuminate between the ignition circuit terminal B or 1 and the control circuit terminal A or 2.
If the test lamp illuminates
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the test lamp, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for infinite resistance between the control circuit and ground.
If less than infinite resistance, repair the short to ground on the circuit.
If infinite resistance, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If the test lamp does not illuminate
4. Remove the test lamp.
5. Verify the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays OK when commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50% with a scan tool.
If OK is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module, vehicle in Service Mode.
2. Test for less than 1 V between the control circuit and ground.
If 1 V or greater, repair the short to voltage on the circuit.
If less than 1 V, replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If OK is displayed
6. Install a 3 A fused jumper wire between the control circuit terminal A or 2 and the ignition circuit terminal B or 1.
7. Verify the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve Control Circuit High Voltage Test Status parameter displays Malfunction when commanding the EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve to 50% with a scan tool.
If Malfunction is not displayed
1. Vehicle OFF, remove the jumper wire, disconnect the harness connector at the K20 Engine Control Module.
2. Test for less than 2 Ω in the control circuit end to end.
If 2 Ω or greater, repair the open/high resistance in the circuit.
If less than 2 Ω replace the K20 Engine Control Module.
If Malfunction is displayed
8. Test or replace the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.
Component Testing
Static Test
1. Vehicle OFF, disconnect the harness connector at the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.
2. Test for 10-30 Ω between the control terminal A or 2 and the ignition, terminal B or 1.
If not between 10-30 Ω
Replace the Q12 Evaporative Emission Purge Solenoid Valve.
If between 10-30 Ω
3. All OK.
Repair Instructions
Perform the Diagnostic Repair Verification after completing the repair.
Evaporative Emission Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Replacement
Control Module References
for ECM replacement, programming and setup.